WO2013036232A2 - Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013036232A2
WO2013036232A2 PCT/US2011/050856 US2011050856W WO2013036232A2 WO 2013036232 A2 WO2013036232 A2 WO 2013036232A2 US 2011050856 W US2011050856 W US 2011050856W WO 2013036232 A2 WO2013036232 A2 WO 2013036232A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
c6alkyl
kinase
formula
mmol
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2011/050856
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2013036232A3 (en
Inventor
Daniel L. Flynn
Peter A. Petillo
Michael D. Kaufman
Original Assignee
Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc filed Critical Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc
Priority to PCT/US2011/050856 priority Critical patent/WO2013036232A2/en
Publication of WO2013036232A2 publication Critical patent/WO2013036232A2/en
Publication of WO2013036232A3 publication Critical patent/WO2013036232A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel kinase inhibitors and modulator compounds useful for the treatment of various diseases. More particularly, the invention is concerned with combinations of such compounds with known kinase inhibitors, and methods of treating diseases. Preferrably, the compounds and combinations are useful for the modulation of kinase activity of c-ABL, c-KIT, TIE-2, TRK-A, TRK-B, TRK-C, VEGFR, PDGFR, FLT-3, c-MET, the HER family, cFMS, RET, oncogenic forms thereof, and aberrant fusion proteins and disease polymorphs thereof.
  • proliferative diseases include cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, and retinopathies.
  • kinases which have been shown to cause or contribute to the pathogenesis of these diseases include c-ABL kinase and the oncogenic fusion protein BCR-ABL kinase, c-KIT kinase, c-MET, the HER family of kinases, PDGF receptor kinase, VEGF receptor kinases, FLT-3 kinase, TIE-2 kinase, the TRK family of kinases, RET kinase, and c-FMS kinase.
  • c-ABL kinase is an important non-receptor tyrosine kinase involved in cell signal transduction. This ubiquitously expressed kinase— upon activation by upstream signaling factors including growth factors, oxidative stress, integrin stimulation, and ionizing radiation— localizes to the cell plasma membrane, the cell nucleus, and other cellular compartments including the actin cytoskeleton (Van Etten, Trends Cell Biol. (1999) 9: 179). There are two normal isoforms of Abl kinase: ABL-1A and ABL- IB.
  • the N-terminal half of c-ABL kinase is important for autoinhibition of the kinase domain catalytic activity (Pluk et al, Cell (2002) 108: 247). Details of the mechanistic aspects of this autoinhibition have recently been disclosed (Nagar et al, Cell (2003) 1 12: 859).
  • the N-terminal myristolyl amino acid residue of ABL-IB has been shown to intramolecularly occupy a hydrophobic pocket formed from alpha-helices in the C-lobe of the kinase domain.
  • Such intramolecular binding induces a novel binding area for intramolecular docking of the SH2 domain and the SH3 domain onto the kinase domain, thereby distorting and inhibiting the catalytic activity of the kinase.
  • an intricate intramolecular negative regulation of the kinase activity is brought about by these N- terminal regions of c-ABL kinase.
  • An aberrant dysregulated form of c-Abl is formed from a chromosomal translocation event, referred to as the Philadelphia chromosome (P.C. Nowell et al, Science (1960) 132: 1497; J.D. Rowley, Nature (1973) 243: 290).
  • BCR- ABL This abnormal chromosomal translocation leads aberrant gene fusion between the ABL kinase gene and the breakpoint cluster region (BCR) gene, thus encoding an aberrant protein called BCR- ABL (G. Q. Daley et al, Science (1990) 247: 824; M. L. Gishizky et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1993) 90: 3755; S. Li et al, J. Exp. Med. (1999) 189: 1399).
  • the bcr-Abl fusion protein does not include the regulatory myristolylation site (B.
  • CML chronic myeloid leukemia
  • CML is a malignancy of pluripotent hematopoietic stem cells.
  • the p210 form of BCR-ABL is seen in 95% of patients with CML, and in 20% of patients with acute lymphocytic leukemia.
  • a pi 85 form has also been disclosed and has been linked to being causative of up to 10% of patients with acute lymphocytic leukemia.
  • c-KIT (KIT, CD1 17, stem cell factor receptor) is a 145 kDa transmembrane tyrosine kinase protein that acts as a type-Ill receptor (Pereira et al. J Carcin. (2005), 4: 19).
  • the c-KIT proto-oncogene located on chromosome 4ql 1 -21 , encodes the c-KIT receptor, whose ligand is the stem cell factor (SCF, steel factor, c-KIT ligand, mast cell growth factor, Morstyn G, et al. Oncology (1994) 51(2):205. Yarden Y, et al. Embo J (1987) 6(1 1):3341).
  • the receptor has tyrosine -protein kinase activity and binding of the ligands leads to the autophosphorylation of c-KIT and its association with substrates such as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (Pi3K).
  • Tyrosine phosphorylation by protein tyrosine kinases is of particular importance in cellular signaling and can mediate signals for major cellular processes, such as proliferation, differentiation, apoptosis, attachment, and migration.
  • Defects in c-KIT are a cause of piebaldism, an autosomal dominant genetic developmental abnormality of pigmentation characterized by congenital patches of white skin and hair that lack melanocytes.
  • Gain-of-function mutations of the c-KIT gene and the expression of phosphorylated c-KIT are found in most gastrointestinal stromal tumors and mastocytosis. Activating c-KIT mutations have been identified in a subset of melanoma patients (Guo, J. J. Clin. Oncol. (201 1) 29 (21): 2904). Further, almost all gonadal seminomas/dysgerminomas exhibit c-KIT membranous staining, and several reports have clarified that some (10-25%) have a c-KIT gene mutation (Sakuma, Y. et al. Cancer Sci (2004) 95:9, 716). C-KIT defects have also been associated with testicular tumors including germ cell tumors (GCT) and testicular germ cell tumors (TGCT).
  • GCT germ cell tumors
  • TGCT testicular germ cell tumors
  • c-KIT expression has been studied in hematologic and solid tumors, such as acute leukemias (Cortes J. et al. Cancer (2003) 97(1 1):2760) and gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST, Fletcher CD. et al. Hum Pathol (2002) 33(5):459).
  • the clinical importance of c-KIT expression in malignant tumors relies on studies with Gleevec ® (imatinib mesylate, STI571 , Novartis Pharma AG Basel, Switzerland) that specifically inhibits tyrosine kinase receptors (Lefevre G. et al. J Biol Chem (2004) 279(30):31769).
  • TRK receptors were shown to be present in 55% of 94 analyzed acute leukemia patients, including 43/82 of leukemic blasts from AML patients. In contrast, TRK receptors were not detected on the surface of normal mononuclear cells. In 50% of AML cells expressing surface TRK-B receptors and the cognate ligand BDNF were also coexpressed establishing an autocrine loop within these AML patient cells.
  • TRK kinase activation phosphorylation
  • AMLl-ETO is the most frequent chromosomal translocation in AML patients, both in adult and childhood AML (Xiao, A., Greaves, M.F., Buffler, P. et al. Leukemia (2001) 15: 1906-1913).
  • the AMLl -ETO fusion protein functions as a transcriptional activator to up-regulate expression of TRK-A in hematopoietic stem progenitor cells (Mulloy, J.C., Jankovic, V., Wunderlich, M. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2005) 102: 4016-4021).
  • TRK-A receptors may be constitutively activated in the absence of NGF ligand (Li, A., Beutel, Rhein, M., et al. Blood (2009) 113: 2028-2037). Additionally, it has been shown that the TRK ligands (growth factors) NGF and BDNF are both expressed by stromal cells in bone marrow, and activate bone marrow myeloid progenitor cells via a paracrine mechanism (Auffray, I., Chevalier, S. Froger, J., et al. Blood (1996) 88: 1608-1618; Labouyrie, E., Dubus, P., Groppi, A. et al. Am. J. Pathol. (1999) 154: 405-415.
  • TRK receptor kinases While the predominant linkage of TRK receptor kinases to AML has been demonstrated by expression of wild-type activated TRK and/or coincident autocrine upregulation of the TRK ligand BDNF, there have also been reports of mutated forms of TRK associated with AML patient cells. Reuther and coworkers reported an activating mutant form of TRK-A containing a 75 amino acid deletion mutation in the extracellular domain. This form of TRK-A, called ATRK-A, was constitutively phosphorylated (activated) and transformed the 32D myeloid progenitor cell line (Reuther, G.W., Lambert, Q.T., Caligiuri, M.A., and Der, C.J. Mol. Cell. Biology (2000).
  • ATRK-A when expressed in 32D myeloid cells, caused an aggressive leukemogenesis when evaluated in vivo in mice (Meyer, J., Rhein, M. Schiedlmeier, B. et al. Leukemia (2007) 21: 2171-2180.
  • TRK-A inhibitor AZ23 blocked NGF- induced proliferation of AML cell lines and also blocked TRK-A mediated- phosphorylation of ERK and AKT.
  • AZ23 significantly decreased leukemic burden after oral administration by 70% after three weeks of dosing in an AML-xenograft model (Ghisoli, M ., Fang, W., Graham, T.C. et al. 50 th ASH Annual Meeting (2008) December 6-9. Abstract # 3789).
  • TIE-2 kinase is expressed in primitive hematopoietic stem cells (CD34+ CD38-) (Sato, A. Iwama, A. Takakura, N., Nishio, H., Yancopoulos, G.D., and Suda, T. Int. Immunol. (1998) 10: 1217-1227; Buhring, H. J., Seiffert, M., Bock, R.A. Scheding, S., Thiel, A., Scheffold, A., Kanz, L., and Brugger, W. Ann. New York Acad. Sci.
  • Ang-1 the ligand for TIE-2 receptors promotes adhesion of TIE-2+ cells and synergizes with stem cell factor to promote proliferation and differentiation of progenitor cells into myeloid cells
  • TIE-2 the ligand for TIE-2 receptors
  • stem cell factor the ligand for TIE-2 receptors
  • Ang- l/TIE-2 interactions in the bone marrow also enhance the ability of hematopoietic stem cells to remain quiescent and protected from myelosuppressive stress (Arai et al., 2004).
  • blockade of TIE-2 may render these quiescent leukemic stem cells more susceptible to apoptosis (Arai, F., Hirao, A., Ohmura, M. et al. Cell (2004) 118: 149- 161).
  • TIE-2/Ang-l In addition to the direct role of TIE-2/Ang-l in the adherence and proliferation of myeloid progenitor cells in the bone marrow, the TIE-2/ Ang- l/Ang-2 signaling pathway also contributes to and maintains high microvessel density in the bone marrow niche that is significantly increased in AML patients. In this angiogenic role, TIE-2 is expressed on bone marrow endothelial cells to maintain the highly vascularized bone marrow niche (Holash, J., Maisonpierre, P.C., Compton, D. et al. Science (1999) 284: 1994-1998; Hussong, J.W., Rodgers, G.M., and Shami, P.J. Blood (2000) 95: 309-313; Padro, T., Ruiz, S., Bieker, R., et al. Blood (2000) 95: 2637-2644).
  • the ligand for the TIE-2 receptor kinase, Ang-1 is expressed in bone marrow stromal cells and acts in a paracrine manner to stimulate TIE-2 positive myeloid progenitor cells and endothelial cells (Sato, A. Iwama, A. Takakura, N., Nishio, H., Yancopoulos, G.D., and Suda, T. Int. Immunol. (1998) 10: 1217-1227).
  • c-MET is a unique receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) located on chromosome 7p and activated via its natural ligand hepatocyte growth factor.
  • RTK receptor tyrosine kinase
  • c-MET is found mutated in a variety of solid tumors (Ma P.C. et al. Cancer Metastasis (2003) 22:309). Mutations in the tyrosine kinase domain are associated with hereditary papillary renal cell carcinomas (Schmidt L et al. Nat. Genet. (1997)16:68; Schmidt L, et al.
  • the TPR-MET oncogene is a transforming variant of the c-MET RTK and was initially identified after treatment of a human osteogenic sarcoma cell line transformed by the chemical carcinogen N-methyl-N-nitro-N-nitrosoguanidine (Park M. et al. Cell (1986) 45:895).
  • the TPR-MET fusion oncoprotein is the result of a chromosomal translocation, placing the TPR3 locus on chromosome 1 upstream of a portion of the c- MET gene on chromosome 7 encoding only for the cytoplasmic region.
  • Studies suggest that TPR-MET is detectable in experimental cancers (e.g. Yu J. et al. Cancer (2000) 88: 1801).
  • TPR-MET activates wild-type c-MET RTK and can activate crucial cellular growth pathways, including the Ras pathway (Aklilu F. et al. Am J Physiol (1996) 271 :E277) and the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT pathway (Ponzetto C. et al. Mol Cell Biol (1993) 13:4600).
  • TPR-MET is ligand independent, lacks the CBL binding site in the juxtamembrane region in c-MET, and is mainly cytoplasmic.
  • c-MET immunohistochemical expression seems to be associated with abnormal ⁇ -catenin expression, and provides good prognostic and predictive factors in breast cancer patients.
  • kinases are regulated by a common activation/deactivation mechanism wherein a specific activation loop sequence of the kinase protein binds into a specific pocket on the same protein which is referred to as the switch control pocket (see WO 2004/081084 and WO2007/008917 for further details).
  • binding occurs when specific amino acid residues of the activation loop are modified for example by phosphorylation, oxidation, or nitrosylation.
  • the binding of the activation loop into the switch pocket results in a conformational change of the protein into its active form (Huse, M. and Kuriyan, J. Cell (109) 275-282).
  • Compounds of formula la find utility in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, including autoimmune diseases and other diseases characterized by hypervascularization or proliferation of myeloid cells, mast cells, fibroblasts, synoviocytes, or monocytes; mammalian cancers and especially human cancers including but not limited to melanomas; a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including BCR-ABL kinase and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by the TRK family of kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by cMET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including TPR-
  • diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration non small cell lung cancer, breast cancers, kidney cancers, colon cancers, cervical carcinomas, medullary thyroid carcinoma, melanomas, autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, asthma, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram- negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bone resorptive diseases, bone cancer, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, mastocytosis, mast cell leukemia, and combinations thereof.
  • autoimmune diseases including rhe
  • Carbocyclyl refers to carbon rings taken from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptanyl, cyclooctanyl, norboranyl, norborenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octenyl;
  • Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine
  • Aryl refers to monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems characterized by delocalized ⁇ electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon atoms of at least one carbocyclic ring; preferred aryl rings are taken from phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, and indanyl; [0027] Heteroaryl refers to monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems characterized by delocalized ⁇ electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur of at least one carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; heteroaryl rings are taken from, but not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tri
  • Heterocyclyl refers to monocyclic rings containing carbon and heteroatoms taken from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur and wherein there is not delocalized ⁇ electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms; heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotrop
  • Poly-heteroaryl refers to two or more monocyclic or fused bicyclic systems characterized by delocalized ⁇ electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur of at least one carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring wherein the rings contained therein are optionally linked together, wherein at least one of the monocyclic or fused bicyclic rings of the poly-heteroaryl system is taken from heteroaryl as defined broadly above and the other rings are taken from either aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl as defined broadly above;
  • Poly-heterocyclyl refers to two or more monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems containing carbon and heteroatoms taken from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur and wherein there is not delocalized ⁇ electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms wherein the rings contained therein are optionally linked, wherein at least one of the monocyclic or fused bicyclic rings of the poly-heteroaryl system is taken from heterocyclyl as defined broadly above and the other rings are taken from either aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl as defined broadly above;
  • Lower alkyl refers to straight or branched chain Cl-C6alkyls
  • Substituted in connection with a moiety refers to the fact that a further substituent may be attached to the moiety to any acceptable location on the moiety.
  • salts embraces pharmaceutically acceptable salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts of free acids and to form addition salts of free bases.
  • the nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid.
  • Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, and heterocyclyl containing carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, stearic, salicylic, p-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamo i c) , methane sulfoni c , ethane sulfonic , 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, toluenesulfonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohex
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of free acid-containing compounds of formula la include metallic salts and organic salts. More preferred metallic salts include, but are not limited to appropriate alkali metal (group la) salts, alkaline earth metal (group Ila) salts and other physiological acceptable metals. Such salts can be made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc.
  • Preferred organic salts can be made from primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines and quaternary ammonium salts, including in part, tromethamine, diethylamine, teira-N-methylammonium, ⁇ , ⁇ '- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethano lamine, ethylenediamine , meglumine ( -methylglucamine) and procaine.
  • Atropisomers are defined as a subclass of conformers which can be isolated as separate chemical species and which arise from restricted rotation about a single bond.
  • Enantiomers are defined as one of a pair of molecular entities which are mirror images of each other and non-superimposable.
  • Diastereomers or diastereoisomers are defined as stereoisomers other than enantiomers.
  • Diastereomers or diastereoisomers are stereoisomers not related as mirror images.
  • Diastereoisomers are characterized by differences in physical properties, and by some differences in chemical behavior towards achiral as well as chiral reagents.
  • Tautomerism is defined as isomerism of the general form
  • a pharmaceutically active agent or an additional agent is defined as a therapeutic agent that is used in combination with a compound of formula la of the present invention.
  • the pharmaceutically active agent may be administered in combination with a compound of formula la in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. If administered as separate unit dosage forms, the compound of formula la and the pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
  • the pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination.
  • a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months.
  • Tautomers are defined as isomers that arise from tautomerism, independent of whether the isomers are isolable.
  • the invention includes compounds of the formula la:
  • Ql and Q2 are each individually and independently selected from the group consisting of N and C-Z6, provided that both Ql and Q2 are not simultaneously C-Z6;
  • El is selected from the group consisting cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, pyrrolidinyl piperidinyl, phenyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl and naphthyl and wherein the El ring is substituted with one or more R16 moieties and wherein the El ring is substituted with one or more R18 moieties;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, and G4;
  • Gl is a heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
  • G2 is a fused bicyclic heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzo thiazolyl, benzothiazolonyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolonyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzimidazolonyl, benztriazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, imidazolonopyridinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thiazolonopyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, oxazolonopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, isothiazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazo
  • G3 is a non-fused bicyclic heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyridylpyridiminyl pyrimidinylpyrimidinyl, oxazolylpyrimidinyl, thiazolylpyrimidinyl, imidazolylpyrimidinyl, isoxazolylpyrimidinyl, isothiazolylpyrimidinyl, pyrazolylpyrimidinyl, triazolylpyrimidinyl, oxadiazoylpyrimidinyl, thiadiazoylpyrimidinyl, morpholinylpyrimidinyl, dioxothiomorpholinylpyrimidinyl, and thiomorpholinylpyrimidinyl;
  • G4 is a heterocyclyl taken from the group consisting of oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolonyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl;
  • a ring is substituted at any substitutable position with one Al moiety, wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of A2, A3 and A4;
  • A2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • A3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • the A ring is optionally substituted with one or more R2 moieties
  • X2 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 branched alkyl, and a direct bond wherein E 1 is directly linked to the NR3 group of formula la;
  • each Z2 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, Cl-C6alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, cyano, (R3) 2 N-, (R4) 2 N-, (R4) 2 NC1-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC2-C6alkylN(R4)-(CH 2 ) n -, (R4) 2 NC2- C6alkylO(CH 2 ) n -, (R3) 2 NC(0)-, (R4) 2 NC(0)-, (R4) 2 NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, carboxyl, carboxyC 1 -C6alkyl-, C 1 -C6alkoxycarbonyl-, C 1 -C6alkoxycarbonylC 1 -C6alkyl-, (R3) 2 NS0 2 -, (R4) 2 NS0 2 -, -S0 2 R5, -S
  • each Z3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, methoxy, oxo, (R3) 2 NC(0)-, (R4) 2 NC(0)-, -N(R4)C(0)R8, (R3) 2 NS0 2 -, (R4) 2 NS0 2 -, -N(R4)S0 2 R5, - N(R4)S0 2 R8, -(CH 2 ) n N(R3) 2 , -(CH 2 ) n N(R4) 2 , -0(CH 2 ) q N(R4) 2 , -0(CH 2 ) q O-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH 2 ) q O-C
  • each Z6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxy, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxy-, Cl-C6alkylthio, (R3) 2 N-, -N(R3)COR8, (R4) 2 N-, -R5, - N(R4)C(0)R8, -N(R3)S0 2 R6, -C(0)N(R3) 2 , -C(0)N(R4) 2 , -C(0)R5, -S0 2 NHR4, halogen, fluoroC 1 -C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, cyano, fluoroC
  • each R2 is selected from the group consisting of Z3 -substituted aryl, Z3-substituted Gl, Z3 -substituted G4, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C8alkyl, R19 substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, hydroxylCl-C6alky, hydroxyl branched C3-C6alkyl-, hydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, cyanoCl-C6alkyl-, cyano substituted branched C3- C6alkyl-, cyano substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0) substituted branched C3-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0) substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, fluoroCl- C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or
  • each R5 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of
  • each R6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, phenyl, Gl , and G4;
  • each R7 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, C2-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyC2-C6 alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxyC2- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH 2 ) q R5, -(CH 2 ) n C(0)R5, - (CH 2 ) n C(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl, and - (CH 2 ) n R17;
  • each R8 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety is partially or fully fluorinated, C3-C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted phenyl-, Z3-substituted phenylCl- C6alkyl-, Z3 -substituted G1-, Z3-substituted Gl-Cl-C6alkyl-, Z2-substituted G4-, Z2- substituted G4-Cl-C6alkyl-, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, N(R3) 2 , N(R4) 2 , and R5; each R9 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, phenyl
  • each RIO is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of C0 2 H, C0 2 Cl-C6alkyl, -C(0)N(R4) 2 , OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, and -N(R4) 2 ;
  • each R13 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, carbocyclyl, hydroxyC2-C7alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxyC2- C7alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0)-, (R4) 2 NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, carboxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl- C6alkoxycarbonyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 N-C2-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 N- C2-C6alkylN(R4)(CH 2 ) q -, R5-C2-C6alkylN(R4)(CH 2 ) q -, (R4) 2 N-C2-C6alkylO(CH 2 ) q -, R5-C2-C6alkylO(CH 2 ) q -, -(CH 2 )
  • each R14 is independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C6alkyl, and C3-C7carbocyclyl;
  • each R16 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8 carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoro Cl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, - N(R3) 2 , -N(R4) 2 , and nitro;
  • each R17 is taken from the group comprising phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl;
  • R17 can be further substituted with one or more Z2, Z3 or Z4 moieties;
  • R18 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl- C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3) 2 , -N(R4) 2 , C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
  • R19 is H or Cl-C6alkyl
  • R3 or R4 moieties are independently and individually taken from the group consisting of Cl-C6alkyl and branched C3-C6alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkyl and are attached to the same nitrogen atom, said moieties may cyclize to form a C3-C7 heterocyclyl ring;
  • the compounds of formula la are of the formula la':
  • El is phenyl and wherein the El ring is substituted with one to three R16 moieties and one to three R18 moieties;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl and imidazolyl
  • Gl is a heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
  • G4 is a heterocyclyl taken from the group consisting of oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolonyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl;
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the A ring is optionally substituted with one or more R2 moieties
  • X2 is a direct bond, wherein El is directly linked to the NH group of formula la;
  • X3 is -0-
  • V, VI and V2 are each independently O or represent two hydrogens attached to the methylene carbon to which the V, VI, and V2 is attached;
  • each Z3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, methoxy, oxo, (R3) 2 NC(0)-, (R4) 2 NC(0)-, -N(R4)C(0)R8, (R3) 2 NS0 2 -, (R4) 2 NS0 2 -, -N(R4)S0 2 R5, - N(R4)S0 2 R8, -(CH 2 )N(R3) 2 , -(CH 2 ) n N(R4) 2 , -0(CH 2 ) q N(R4) 2 , -0(CH 2 ) q O-Cl-C6alkyl, - N(R3)(CH 2 ) q O-Cl-
  • each Z6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of -C(0)N(R3) 2 , -C(0)N(R4) 2 , -(CH 2 ) n Gl , (R4) 2 N-, (R3) 2 N-, -N(R3)C(0)R8, -N(R4)C(0)R8, H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6 branched alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl- C6alkoxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, C2-C6 branched alkoxy-, Cl-C6alkylthio-, -R5, - N(R3)S0 2 R6, -C(0)R5, -S0 2 N(R4) 2 , -S0 2 N(R5) 2 , halogen, fiuoroC
  • each R2 is selected from the group consisting of branched C3-C8alkyl, Cl-C6alkyl, fluoroC 1 -C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, R19 substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted aryl, Z3 -substituted G1-, Z3-substituted G4-, hydroxyCl- C6alkyl-, hydroxy branched C3-C6alkyl-, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, cyanoCl-C6alkyl-, cyano substituted branched C3-C6alkyl, cyano substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, (R4) 2 NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0) substituted branched C3-C6alkyl-, (R4) 2 NC(0) substituted C3-C8carb
  • each R3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, and Z3-substituted phenyl;
  • each R4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched Cl-C6alkoxyCl- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH 2 ) P N(R7) 2 , -(CH 2 ) P R5, (CH 2 ) P C(0)N(R7) 2 , -(CH 2 ) n C(0)R5, -(CH 2 ) n C(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocycly
  • each R5 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of
  • each R6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, phenyl, Gl , and G4;
  • each R7 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, C2-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxyC2- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH 2 ) q R5, -(CH 2 ) intuitionC(0)R5, - (CH 2 ) n C(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl, and - (CH 2 ) n R17;
  • each R8 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety is partially or fully fluorinated, C3-C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted phenyl-, Z3-substituted phenylCl- C6alkyl-, Z3 -substituted Gl, Z3-substituted Gl-Cl-C6alkyl-, Z2-substituted G4, Z2- substituted G4-Cl-C6alkyl-, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, N(R3) 2 , N(R4) 2 , and R5;
  • each RIO is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of C0 2 H, C0 2 Cl-C6alkyl, -C(0)N(R4) 2 , OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, and -N(R4) 2 ;
  • each R14 is independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C6alkyl, and C3-C8carbocyclyl;
  • R16 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, fiuoroCl- C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3) 2 , - N(R4) 2 , C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
  • each R17 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl;
  • R17 can be further substituted with one or more Z2, Z3 or Z4 moieties
  • R18 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl- C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3) 2 , -N(R4) 2 , C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
  • R19 is H or Cl-C6alkyl
  • a ring is pyrazolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is isoxazolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is thienyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is furyl
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is pyrrolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is imidazolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is oxazolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is isothiazolyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is phenyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is pyrimidinyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • a ring is pyridinyl
  • Al is selected from the group consisting of
  • Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
  • the invention includes methods of modulating kinase activity of a variety of kinases, e.g. c-ABL kinase, BCR-ABL kinase, FLT-3, TIE-2 kinase, the TRK family of kinases, c-KIT, PDGFR, VEGFR, c-MET, the HER family of kinases, RET kinase, and c-FMS kinase.
  • the kinases may be wildtype kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof or polymorphs of any of the foregoing.
  • the method comprises the step of contacting the kinase species with a compound of formula la and especially those set forth in sections 1.1-1.12.
  • the kinase species may be activated or unactivated, and the species may be modulated by phosphorylations, sulfation, fatty acid acylations glycosylations, nitrosylation, cystinylation (i.e. proximal cysteine residues in the kinase react with each other to form a disulfide bond) or oxidation.
  • the kinase activity may be selected from the group consisting of catalysis of phospho transfer reactions, inhibition of phosphorylation, oxidation or nitrosylation of said kinase by another enzyme, enhancement of dephosphorylation, reduction or denitrosylation of said kinase by another enzyme, kinase cellular localization, and recruitment of other proteins into signaling complexes through modulation of kinase conformation.
  • the methods of the invention also include treating individuals suffering from a condition selected from the group consisting of cancer and hyperproliferative diseases. These methods comprise administering to such individuals a compound of formula la, and especially those of sections 1.1-1.12, said diseases including, but not limited to, a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including BCR-ABL kinase and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by the TRK family of kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by cMET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including TPR-MET; a disease caused by KDR kinase
  • autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, asthma, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram-negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bone resorptive diseases, bone cancer, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and combinations thereof.
  • the administration method is not critical, and may be from the group consisting of oral, parenteral,
  • the methods of the present invention may be used to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of cancer or hyperproliferative diseases.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like.
  • the compounds of formula la are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • dosage unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds of formula la and compositions described herein will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, body surface area, general health, sex, ethnicity and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • Administration of a compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent can be accomplished via any mode of administration for therapeutic agents. These modes include systemic or local administration such as oral, nasal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, vaginal, buccal, rectal or topical administration modes. In some instances, administration will result in the release of the compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein into the bloodstream.
  • the compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered orally.
  • compositions can be in solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage form, such as, for example, injectables, tablets, suppositories, pills, time-release capsules, elixirs, tinctures, emulsions, syrups, powders, liquids, suspensions, or the like, preferably in unit dosages and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • injectables tablets, suppositories, pills, time-release capsules, elixirs, tinctures, emulsions, syrups, powders, liquids, suspensions, or the like, preferably in unit dosages and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • they can also be administered in intravenous (both bolus and infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intramuscular form, all using forms well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also
  • Injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using dissolution or suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1 ,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders or diluents such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, cellulose, saccharin, glycine, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, tragacanth, carboxymethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, magnesium carbonate, natural sugars, corn sweeteners, sucrose, waxes and natural or synthetic gums such as acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch,
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a modified or sustained manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • additional substances other than inert diluents e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a modified or sustained manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, containing cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
  • a film of lipid components is hydrated with an aqueous solution of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent to a form lipid layer encapsulating the drug, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,564.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein are coupled or conjugated.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide -phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspanamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Futhermore, a compound of formula la and pharmaceutically active agents described herein may be coupled, absorbed, adsorbed, or conjugated to a medical device including but not limited to stents.
  • Parenteral injectable administration can be used for subcutaneous, intramuscular, intra-articular, or intravenous injections and infusions. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions or solid forms suitable for dissolving in liquid prior to injection. [00158] One embodiment, for parenteral administration employs the implantation of a slow-release or sustained-released system, according to U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795, incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions can be sterilized or contain non-toxic amounts of adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, pH buffering agents, and other substances, including, but not limited to, sodium acetate or triethanolamine oleate. In addition, they can also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, pH buffering agents, and other substances, including, but not limited to, sodium acetate or triethanolamine oleate.
  • adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, pH buffering agents, and other substances, including, but not limited to, sodium acetate or triethanolamine oleate.
  • they can also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles.
  • Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent to the body.
  • dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent in the proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • compositions can be prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and the present pharmaceutical compositions can contain from about 0.1% to about 99%, preferably from about 1 % to about 70% of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein by weight or volume.
  • the dosage regimen utilizing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, body surface area, sex, ethnicity, and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein employed.
  • a person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug useful for treating or preventing a proliferative disorder.
  • Unit dosage compositions for in vivo or in vitro use can contain about 0.01 , 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100.0, 250.0, 500.0 or 1000.0 mg of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein.
  • the unit dosage compositions are in the form of a tablet that can be scored.
  • the amount of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein that is effective in the treatment or prevention of cancer or hyperproliferative disease can be determined by clinical techniques that are known to those of skill in the art.
  • in vitro and in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
  • the precise dose to be employed can also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the proliferative disorder being treated and can be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each subject's circumstances in view of, e.g., published clinical studies.
  • Suitable effective dosage amounts can range from about 10 micrograms to about 5 grams about every 4 h, although they are typically about 500 mg or less per every 4 hours.
  • the effective dosage is about 0.01 mg, 0.5 mg, about 1 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, about 800 mg, about 900 mg, about 1 g, about 1.2 g, about 1.4 g, about 1.6 g, about 1.8 g, about 2.0 g, about 2.2 g, about 2.4 g, about 2.6 g, about 2.8 g, about 3.0 g, about 3.2 g, about 3.4 g, about 3.6 g, about 3.8 g, about 4.0 g, about 4.2 g, about 4.4 g, about 4.6 g, about 4.8 g, or about 5.0 g, every 4 hours.
  • Equivalent dosages can be administered over various time periods including, but not limited to, about every 2 hours, about every 6 hours, about every 8 hours, about every 12 hours, about every 24 hours, about every 36 hours, about every 48 hours, about every 72 hours, about every week, about every two weeks, about every three weeks, about every month, and about every two months.
  • the effective dosage amounts described herein refer to total amounts administered; that is, if more than one compound of formula la or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered, the effective dosage amounts correspond to the total amount administered.
  • daily dosages of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent range from about 1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg. In another embodiment daily dosages of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent range from about 1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is selected from about 1 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg, about 6 mg/kg, about 7 mg/kg, about 8 mg/kg, about 9 mg/kg, and about 10 mg/kg.
  • the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered once daily. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in two doses per day. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in three doses per day. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in four doses per day.
  • the dosage regimen utilizing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, body surface area, sex, ethnicity, and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the cancer or hyperproliferative disorder to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein employed.
  • a person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the proliferative disorder.
  • the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage can be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. When administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration can be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • additional pharmaceutically active agents which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds of formula la.
  • additional pharmaceutically active agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • Those additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered separately from a compound of formula la as part of a multiple dosage regimen.
  • those pharmaceutically active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of formula la in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
  • the pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination.
  • a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months.
  • This alternating dosing combination schedule may be repeated multiple times and the time period for dosing of the compound of formula la and the time period for dosing of the pharmaceutically active agent(s)may be adjusted.
  • a drug holiday wherein no compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent(s) is dosed, may optionally be implemented between the alternate dosing time periods of the compound of formula la and the pharmaceutically active agent(s).
  • the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous, sequential, or alternating administration of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent(s) in accordance with this invention.
  • a compound of formula la may be administered with another pharmaceutically active agentsimultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
  • the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of formula la, an additional pharmaceutically active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • a combination of one additional pharmaceutically active agentand a compound of formula la are described.
  • two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered with a compound of formula la.
  • a combination of three or more additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered with a compound of formula la .
  • the additional pharmaceutically active agent is selected from taxanes such as taxol, taxotere or their analogues; alkylating agents such as cyclophosphamide, isosfamide, melphalan, hexamethylmelamine, thiotepa or dacarbazine; antimetabolites such as pyrimidine analogues, for instance 5-fluorouracil, cytarabine, capecitabine, azacitibine, and gemcitabine or its analogues such as 2- fluorodeoxycytidine; folic acid analogues such as methotrexate, idatrexate, trimetrexate, or pralatrexate; spindle poisons including vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine and vindesine, or their synthetic analogues such as navelbine, or estramustine and a taxoid; platinum compounds such as cis
  • agents for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept ® and Excelon ®
  • agents for the treatment of HIV such as ritonavir
  • pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine
  • pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex ® and Rebif 8 ), Copaxone ® , mitoxantrone, and Natalizumab
  • pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of asthma such as albuterol and Singulair
  • pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol
  • pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of inflammation such as corticosteroids, methot
  • Other classes of pharmaceutically active agents include immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as Vervoy®, abatacept, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, ridaforolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; bone resorptive inhibitory agents including denosumab and bisphosphonates including zoledronic acid; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anticonvulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating vervoy
  • compounds of formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
  • Those additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered separately from a compound of formula la as part of a multiple dosage regimen.
  • those pharmaceutically active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of formula la in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the compounds of formula la and two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
  • the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination.
  • a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months.
  • This alternating dosing combination schedule may be repeated multiple times and the time period for dosing of the compound of formula la and the time period for dosing of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be adjusted.
  • a drug holiday, wherein no compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) is dosed may optionally be implemented between the alternate dosing time periods of the compound of formula la and the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s).
  • the amount of both a compound of formula la and additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) in those compositions which comprise additional pharmaceutically active agents as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • This dosage form can be formulated so that the dosage amount of the compound of formula la and the dosage amount of the additional pharmaceutically active agent are independently between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight.
  • compositions which comprise an additional pharmaceutically active agent that additional pharmaceutically active agent and the compound of formula la may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that pharmaceutically active agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the additional pharmaceutically active agent agent can be administered.
  • the amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that pharmaceutically active agent as the only active agent. In some embodiments, the amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only pharmaceutically active agent.
  • the compositions comprise an amount of a compound of formula la wherein the other pharmaceutally active agent is an anticancer agent.
  • the amount of the compound of formula la and the other anticancer agent is at least about 0.01% of the combined combination chemotherapy agents by weight of the composition. When intended for oral administration, this amount can be varied from about 0.1 % to about 80% by weight of the composition.
  • Some oral compositions can comprise from about 4% to about 50% of the compound of formula la and the other anticancer agent by weight of the composition.
  • Other compositions of the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains from about 0.01% to about 2% by weight of the composition.
  • the present methods for treating or preventing cancer or a hyperproliferative disease in a subject in need thereof can further comprise administering an additional pharmaceutically active agent that is a prophylactic or therapeutic agent to be administered with a compound of formula la.
  • the other prophylactic or therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, an anti-inflammatory agent, an anti-renal failure agent, an anti-diabetic agent, an anti-cardiovascular disease agent, an antiemetic agent, a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, an anxiolytic agent, and an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent.
  • the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an antiemetic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
  • the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks or 4 weeks of each other.
  • the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
  • the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an anxiolytic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
  • Effective amounts of the other pharmaceutically active agents are well known to those skilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan's purview to determine the pharmaceutically active agent's optimal effective amount range. In one embodiment of the invention, where another pharmaceutically active agent is administered to a subject, the effective amount of the compound of formula la described herein is less than its effective amount would be where the other pharmaceutically active agent is not administered. In this case, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the compound of formula la described herein and the other pharmaceutically active agent act synergistically to treat or prevent cancer or hyperproliferative disease.
  • Antiemetic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, metoclopromide, domperidone, prochlorperazine, promethazine, chlorpromazine, trimethobenzamide, ondansetron, granisetron, hydroxyzine, acetylleucine monoethanolamine, alizapride, azasetron, benzquinamide, bietanautine, bromopride, buclizine, clebopride, cyclizine, dimenhydrinate, diphenidol, dolasetron, meclizine, methallatal, metopimazine, nabilone, oxyperndyl, pipamazine, scopolamine, sulpiride, tetrahydrocannabinol, thiethylperazine, thioproperazine, and tropisetron.
  • Hematopoietic colony stimulating factors useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, filgrastim, sargramostim, molgramostim and epoietin alfa.
  • Opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, morphine, heroin, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, oxycodone, metopon, apomorphine, normorphine, etorphine, buprenorphine, meperidine, lopermide, anileridine, ethoheptazine, piminidine, betaprodine, diphenoxylate, fentanil, sufentanil, alfentanil, remifentanil, levorphanol, dextromethorphan, phenazocine, pentazocine, cyclazocine, methadone, isomethadone and propoxyphene.
  • Non-opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, acetaminophen, acetaminophen plus codeine, aspirin, celecoxib, rofecoxib, diclofenac, diflusinal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, indomethacin, ketorolac, meclofenamate, mefanamic acid, nabumetone, naproxen, piroxicam and sulindac.
  • Anxiolytic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, buspirone, and benzodiazepines such as diazepam, lorazepam, oxazapam, chlorazepate, clonazepam, chlordiazepoxide and alprazolam.
  • the compounds of formula la may form a part of a pharmaceutical composition by combining one or more such compounds with a pharamaceutically acceptable carrier. Additionally, the compositions may include an additive selected from the group consisting of adjuvants, excipients, diluents, and stablilizers.
  • ureas of general formula I can be readily prepared by the union of amines of general formula 2 with isocyanates 3 or isocyanate surrogates 4 (trichloroethyl carbamates) or 5 (isopropenyl carbamates).
  • Preferred conditions for the preparation of compounds of general formula j_ involve heating a solution of 4 or 5 with 2 in the presence of a tertiary base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine or N- methylpyrrolidine in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran or 1 ,4-dioxane at a temperature between 50 and 100 °C for a period of time ranging from 1 hour to 2 days.
  • a tertiary base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine or N- methylpyrrolidine
  • a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran or 1 ,4-dioxane
  • isocyanates 3 can be prepared from amines A-NH 2 6 with phosgene, or a phosgene equivalent such as diphosgene, triphosgene, or N,N- dicarbonylimidazole.
  • Trichloroethyl carbamates 4 and isopropenyl carbamates 5 are readily prepared from amines A-NH 2 (6) by acylation with trichloroethyl chloroformate or isopropenyl chloroformate by standard conditions familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Preferred conditions for the preparation of 4 and 5 include include treatment of compound 6 with the appropriate chloroformate in the presence of pyridine in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane or in the presence of aqueous hydroxide or carbonate in a biphasic aqueous/ethyl acetate solvent system.
  • compounds of formula 1 can also be prepared from carboxylic acids 7 by the intermediacy of in-situ generated acyl azides (Curtius rearrangement) as indicated in Scheme 3.
  • Preferred conditions for Scheme 3 include the mixing of acid 7 with amine 2 and diphenylphosphoryl azide in a solvent such as 1 ,4-dioxane or dimethylformamide in the presence of base, such as triethylamine, and raising the temperature of the reaction to about 80-120 °C to affect the Curtius rearrangement.
  • Hydrazines 8 are in turn available by the diazotization of amines JJ. followed by reduction or, alternately from the hydrolysis of hydrazones J_3 obtained by the palladium mediated coupling of benzophenone hydrazone with compounds of formula Al-X J_2,_ wherein X represents a halogen or triflate moiety.
  • hydrazine 7 Reaction of j_6 with ethanolic HC1 at reflux provides the hydrazine 7, which can be combined with keto nitriles of general formula J_8 by further heating in ethanolic HC1 to provide quinoline pyrazole amines of formula 19.
  • hydrazone 16 can be converted directly to pyrazole 19 by the direct reaction with keto nitrile J_8 upon heating in ethanolic HC1.
  • a 1 -substituted pyrazoles is illustrated by the general preparation of pyrazole acid 22 (Scheme 6), an aspect of A- C0 2 H 7 (Scheme 3). As indicated in Scheme 6, the union of a pyrazole 5-carboxylic ester 20 with Al-X J_2, wherein X reprepesents a halide, triflate, or boronic acid suitable for direct transition metal-catalyzed couplings with pyrazoles 20, provides Al - substituted pyrazole esters 2J_.
  • Preferred esters for this transformation include ethyl, tert-butyl and benzyl esters.
  • the esters 2J_ in turn can be converted to acids 22 by standard conditions familiar to those skilled in the art, such as saponification, acidic hydrolysis or hydrogenation.
  • Scheme 6 The synthesis of intermediates useful for the construction of compounds of formula 1 wherein A and Al are linked by a C-C bond is shown in Scheme 7.
  • palladium catalyzed reactions for example, Suzuki or Stille reactions
  • Al -X J_2 with a complementary component 23 or 24 provides compounds 25 or 26, examples of general intermediates A-NH 2 6 or A-C0 2 H 7, respectively.
  • the X- groups on the reactants J_2 and 23 or 24 are moieties that undergo transition metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions, such as halides or inflates and boronic acids or esters, stannanes, silanes, organozincs or other organometallic moieties known by those skilled in the art to be suitable substrates for such processes.
  • the X-groups in Scheme 7 are complementary moieties for cross coupling processes such that when Al-X 12 is a halide or triflate, A-X 23 or A-X 24 will be a complementary organometallic, such as a stannane or the like or a boronic acid or ester. Likewise, if Al-X 12 is an organometallic reagent or a boronic acid or ester, A-X will be a halide or triflate.
  • the Y group of 23 might also be a protected amino group such as N-Boc or a surrogate amino group such as nitro that would give rise to compounds of formula 25 after acidic hydrolysis or reduction respectively.
  • the Y group of 24 might also be an ester or nitrile which could be hydrolyzed to an acid of formula 26 by standard synthetic methods.
  • a non limiting example of Scheme 7 is illustrated by the preparation of compound 29, an example of general intermediate A-NH 2 6, above.
  • commercially available quinoline 6-boronic acid 27 can be combined with commercially available 5- fluoro-2-iodoaniline 28 in the presence of a palladium catalyst to provide compound 29 an example of general intermediate A-NH 2 6, above.
  • Amines 2 (Schemes 1 and 3, above) useful for the invention can be synthesized according to methods commonly known to those skilled in the art. Non- limiting examples are illustrated in the following schemes.
  • chloropyri dines of formula 3J_ are reacted with phenols of formula 30 in the presence of base such as potassium tert-butoxide. Reactions are generally conducted at temperatures between 0 °C and 150 °C in solvents such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide.
  • Some non-limiting examples of general synthetic Scheme 9 are shown in Schemes 10-12, below.
  • Scheme 12 illustrates the preparation of meta- substituted pyridyl ether amines 47 and 48, examples of general intermediate 2, above.
  • commercially available 2-chloro-4-fluorophenol 41_ is treated with methyl chloroformate to provide carbonate 42. Nitration under standard conditions then provides adduct 43. Hydrolysis of the carbonate provides phenol 44. Concomitant reduction of both the nitro and chloro moieties provides aminophenol 45.
  • Treatment of phenol 45 sequentially with potassium tert-butoxide and 3,5-dichloropyridine and heating in dimethylacetamide provides the compound 47. Removal of the chlorine atom of 47 by hydrogenation provides the amine of formula 48, an aspect of general amine 2.
  • Amines of general formula 2 can also be prepared by the general route shown in Scheme 13.
  • Z6-substituted pyridine 5J_ or Z6-substituted pyrimidine 52, respectively.
  • preferred methods include heating compounds of formula 49 or 50 with an excess of the amine Z6-H either neat or in a solvent such as N- methylpyrrolidinone, DMF, DMSO or an alcoholic solvent at temperatures ranging from RT to 200 °C.
  • additional preferred methods include the heating of compounds 49 or 50 with an excess of the amine Z6-H and an acid catalyst (for example, TsOH, HC1, HOAc or the like) in a suitable solvent such as DMF, DMSO or an alcoholic solvent.
  • Additional preferred methods for aryl and heteroarylamines Z6-H include combining Z6-H with compounds 49 or 50 in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as a palladium catalyst in a suitable solvent like 1 ,4-dioxane or DMF with heating if necessary.
  • a transition metal catalyst such as a palladium catalyst in a suitable solvent like 1 ,4-dioxane or DMF
  • preferred methods include heating 49-50 with alcohol or thiol Z6-H in the presence of a strong base (for example, NaH or potassium tert-butoxide) either neat using Z6-H as the solvent, or in a polar solvent such as DMF or DMSO at temperatures ranging from RT to 200 °C.
  • preferred methods include contacting compounds 49 or 50 with a species of formula Z6-M in the presence of a palladium catalyst, wherein M is a species that participates in transition- metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions.
  • M is a species that participates in transition- metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions.
  • suitable M groups include but are not limited to, boronic acids, boronic esters, zinc, trialkyltin, silicon, magnesium, lithium, and aluminum.
  • the transformations shown in Scheme 13 may be performed with microwave heating. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the Z6 moieties introduced in Scheme 13 may contain optional protecting groups that will be removed in subsequent transformations (not shown).
  • Scheme 14 shows the preparation of amino pyridine 55 from chloropyridine 52 by the general route of Scheme 13.
  • Preferred conditions for this transformation include the contacting of chloropyridine 52 with isopropylamine in N- methylpyrrolidinone with microwave heating.
  • Scheme 16 illustrates an alternative preparation of compounds of general formula J_, represented by the preparation of urea 6J_.
  • amine 2 can be converted to an isopropenyl carbamate 56, trichloroethyl carbamate 57, or 4-nitrophenyl carbamate 58 by reaction with isopropenyl chloroformate, trichloroethyl chloroformate or 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, respectively.
  • reaction of carbamates 56-58 or isocyanate 59 with R3-substituted amine 60 provides urea 6J_, an example of general formula L
  • ureas of general formula 1 can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 17.
  • the mono-substituted ureas 1 or 61 can be optionally further transformed into bis-R3-substituted ureas 62 (Formula 1).
  • a base for example potassium carbonate, sodium hydride or potassium tert- butoxide in a suitable solvent such as DMF provides ureas 62 wherein the newly incorporated R3 group is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
  • a base for example potassium carbonate, sodium hydride or potassium tert- butoxide
  • a suitable solvent such as DMF
  • General amines A-NH 2 (6) wherein the A-ring is isoxazole can be prepared by the methods described in Scheme 18.
  • Many examples of R2-substituted aminoisoxazoles 64 and 65 are commercially available. They can also be prepared from common keto nitrile intemediates 63 by condensation with hydroxylamine either under acidic or alkaline conditions as described in the literature (Takase, et al. Heterocycles, (1991), 52, pp 1 153-1 158). Bromination of isoxazoles 64 or 65 using standard conditions (see: Sircar, et. al. J. Org. Chem (1985), 50, pp 5723-7; Carr, et. al. J. Med. Chem.
  • amines 68 and 69 can be converted to ureas of general formula L
  • Al -moiety of 68-70 may contain protecting groups that may be removed prior to or after conversion to ureas of formula 1 by appropriate de-protection conditions.
  • the amino group of 64-69 may be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group (such as a tert-butylcarbamate) if desired to facilitate the bromination or palladium coupling steps.
  • amines 73 and 74 examples of general amines A- NH 2 (6) wherein the A-ring is isothiazole, can be prepared as shown in Scheme 19 by the reaction of bromo isothiazoles 7J_ and 72 and Al-M (70).
  • the requisite isothiazoles 71 and 72 are accessible by methods described in the literature (See; Vidyadher, H.B., WO 94/21647 (1994); Ralphler, et. al. J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1989), 26, pp 1575-8).
  • amines 73 and 74 can be converted to ureas of general formula L
  • Example Al 4-Amino-2-fluorophenol (1.13 g, 8.9 mmol) and Example A22 (1.5 g, 8.9 mmol) were combined by the procedure of Example A2 to provide 4-(4- amino-2-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide (300 mg, 13% yield).
  • Example A2 A solution of 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (2.00 g, 15.7 mmol) in anhydrous DMA (32 mL) was degassed by evacuation of the head space and backfilling with argon (repeated 3x). The solution was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (2.12 g, 18.9 mmol) and the resultant mixture was sonicated briefly to bring all solids into the solvent volume and was stirred at RT for 30 min.
  • Example A22 (2.68 g, 15.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed a second time and the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight under argon.
  • Example A3 In NMP (15 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-chlorophenol (1.70 g, 11.8 mmol) and potassium t-butoxide (1.40 g, 12.4 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The dark solution was treated with the 3,5-difluoropyridine (2.73 g, 23.7 mmol) and powdered potassium carbonate (818 mg, 5.92 mmol) and the mixture was then warmed to 80 °C and stirred for 24 h. The resulting black mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with brine (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL).
  • Example A4 A mixture of Example A10 (4.6 g, 19.3 mmol) and 10% Pd(OH) 2 /C (0.5 g, 0.35 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) was stirred under a H 2 atmosphere at RT for 3h. The mixture was filtered through Celite ® and washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated to give 2-fluoro-5-(pyridine-3-yloxy) aniline (3.5 g, 88 % yield). !
  • Example A5 To a solution of 2,4-difiuorophenol (2 g, 15.4 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (20 mL) was added tri ethyl amine (3.21 ml, 23 mmol) and ethyl chloro formate (1.77 ml, 18.4 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring the mixture for lh at RT, sat. NaHC0 3 solution (30 mL) was added, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (1x25 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried ( a 2 S0 4 ) and concentrated to afford 2,4-difluorophenyl ethyl carbonate (3.1 1 g, 100% yield) as a liquid.
  • Example A6 A solution of 4-amino-o-cresol (0.301 g, 2.44 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylacetamide (6 mL) was de-gassed in vacuo and treated with potassium tert-butoxide (0.33 g, 2.93 mmol) under argon. The reaction mixture was sonicated briefly to suspend all solid matter in the liquid volume. The reaction was further stirred at RT for 30 min. Example A22 (0.417 g, 2.44 mmol) was added and the resultant mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL).
  • Example A7 Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 4-amino-3- fluorophenol (14 g, 0.1 1 mmol) and Example A25 (16 g, O. l Ommol) were combined to provide 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)picolinamide (8.8 g, 36% yield). !
  • Example A8 A solution of Example A23 (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) in 2-amino- ethanol (6.0 mL) was heated to 150 °C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to provide 2- (4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-pyridin-2-ylamino)-ethanol (1.2 g, 54% yield). !
  • Example A9 A solution of Example A23 (4.0 g, 16.8 mmol) and ⁇ , ⁇ - dimethylhydroxylamine HC1 (3.3 g, 34 mmol) were combined in 1 ,4-dioxane (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated overnight at 1 10 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, neutralized with 3M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSC ⁇ ) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain 4-(4-amino-3-fiuorophenoxy)-N-methoxy-N-methylpyridin-2-amine (4.4 g, 99% yield). !
  • Example A10 A solution of Example A24 (0.95 g, 7.47 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.92 g, 8.2 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (2.0 mL) was degassed under vacuum and backfilled with N 2 (4x) and then stirred for 30 min. 3,5- Dichloropyridine was added and the resulting solution was heated to 80 °C overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fiuoroaniline (0.5 g, 28% yield). !
  • Example All A mixture of Example A8 (0.263 g, 1.0 mmol), imidazole (0.0749g, 1.1 mmol) and TBSC1 (0.181 g, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was quenched with H 2 0 (10 mL) and the pH was adjusted to ⁇ 8 by using NaHC0 3 .
  • Example A12 To a solution of Example A17 (7.5 g, 32.5 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) was added 1.0 M aqueous NaOH (10 mL, 100 mmol).
  • the resultant mixture was heated at 85 °C overnight.
  • the majority of ethanol was removed in vacuo and the concentrate was diluted with water (50 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate.
  • the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 1-2 by the addition of 3 M HC1.
  • the acidic solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL) and the extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO ⁇ and concentrated in vacuo to give 5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)picolinic acid (6.2 g, 77%, yield).
  • Example A13 NaH (100 mg, 3.3 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of Example A12 (0.50g, 2.1 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min, CS 2 (0.49 g, 6.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. Methyl iodide (2.4 g, 17 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product.
  • Example A14 A solution of 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (0.20 g, 1.6 mmol) in 4 mL of anhydrous DMA was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (0.24 g, 1.9 mmol). The resultant dark-red solution was stirred at RT for 1 hour in a capped vial. 4-Chloro-2- methoxypyridine (0.26 g, 1.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated overnight at 100 °C. Water (50 mL) was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL).
  • Example A15 A teflon capped vial was charged with 4-amino-3- fluorophenol (0.291 g, 2.29 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (2.3 mL). The resultant solution was de-gassed in vacuo and backfilled with argon (3x). The vial was treated with sodium te/ -butoxide (0.27 g, 2.41 mmol) under argon and quickly capped. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh.
  • Example A16 A solution of 5-amino-2-chloro-4-fluorophenol (100 mg, 0.619 mmol) in degassed dimethylacetamide (2 mL) was treated with potassium t- butoxide (83 mg, 0.743 mmol) and 5-chloro-2-cyanopyridine (86 mg, 0.619 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated to 80 °C overnight, then cooled to RT and diluted with water (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL).
  • Example A17 A solution of 3-amino-4-fluoro-phenol (5.6 g, 44 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (60 mL) was degassed in vacuo and was treated with potassium tert- butoxide (5.3 g, 47 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min. 5-Bromo- pyridine-2-carbonitrile (6.6 g, 36 mmol) was added in one -portion and the mixture was heated at 80 °C overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 5-(3-amino-4- fluorophenoxy)picolinonitrile (3.5 g, 44 % yield).
  • Example A18 In DMA (10 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-fiuorophenol (500 mg, 3.93 mmol), potassium t-butoxide (441 mg, 3.93 mmol) and 4-chloro-2- (methylthio)pyrimidine (632 mg, 3.93 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 50 °C and stirred overnight. The mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with water (30 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic phases washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SC> 4 ) and concentrated to yield a dark oil.
  • Example A19 A solution of pyridine-3-boronic acid (0.68 g, 5.5 mmol) and 2-methyl-5-nitro phenol (0.85 g, 5.5 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with pyridine (1.00 mL, 12.4 mmol), copper acetate (1.5 g, 8.3 mmol) and powdered 4A molecular sieves (330 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at RT open to air. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL).
  • Example A20 In DMA (8 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-fluorophenol (281 mg, 2.21 mmol), potassium t-butoxide (248 mg, 2.21 mmol) and 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine (500 mg, 2.21 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 75 °C overnight , then cooled to RT and diluted with water (75 mL).
  • Example A21 In DMF (5 mL) was placed 5-(3-amino-4- fluorophenoxy)picolinic acid from Example A12 (500 mg, 2.01 mmol), 2.0 M methylamine solution/THF (10 mL, 20.1 mmol) and HOBt (324 mg, 2.12 mmol). To this was added 1 -((ethylimino)methylene)-N3 ,N3-dimethylpropane- 1 ,3 -diamine hydrochloride (772 mg, 4.03 mmol) and the solution stirred overnight at RT.
  • Example A22 To stirring anhydrous DMF (25 mL) was slowly added SOCl 2 (125 mL) at such a rate that the reaction temperature was maintained at 40-50 °C. Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (25 g, 0.2 mol) was added in portions over 30 min and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 16h during which time a yellow solid precipitated. After cooling to RT, the mixture was diluted with toluene (80 mL) and concentrated. This process was repeated three times. The resulting dry residue was washed with toluene and dried under reduced pressure to yield 4-chloro-pyridine-2- carbonyl chloride (27.6 g, 79% yield), which was used in the next step without purification.
  • Example A23 Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 2,4- dichloropyridine (8.0 g, 54 mmol) and 3-fluoro-4-aminophenol (8.0 g, 62.9 mmol) were combined to provide 4-(2-chloro-pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenylamine (11 g, 86% yield). !
  • Example A24 Methyl chloroformate (77.3 g, 0.82 mol) was added dropwise to a -10 °C solution of 2-chloro-4-fluorophenol (lOOg, 0.68 mol) and sodium hydroxide (32.8 g, 0.82 mol) in water (550 mL). After complete addition, the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to give 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl methyl carbonate (1 10 g, 79 % yield). !
  • Example A26 Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 2-fluoro-4- aminophenol (2.6 g, 24 mmol) and 2,4-dichloropyridine (2.88 g, 20 mol) were combined to provide 4-(2-chloropyridin-4-yloxy)-3-fluoro-phenylamine (3.2 g, 67% yield). !
  • Example A27 Example A23 (0.597 g, 2.5 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (0.728g, 3.75 mmol), CS 2 CO 3 (3.10 g, 9.5 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (0.289 g, 0.25 mmol) were combined in DMF/H 2 0 (20 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed, blanketed with N 2 and heated at 90 °C overnight. The completed reaction was diluted with H 2 0 (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL).
  • Example A28 A solution of Example A23 (3 g, 12.6 mmol), l-methyl-3- (4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (5.2 g, 25.2 mmol), and Na 2 C0 3 (2.7 g, 25.2 mmol) in DME (18 mL) and water (6 mL) was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (729 mg, 0.63 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 100 °C for 16 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was suspended in water and extracted with EtOAc.
  • Example A29 By analogy to Example A2, 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (0.12 g, 0.53 mmol), potassium tert-butoxide (0.080 g, 0.71 mmol) and tert-butyl 4- chloropicolinate (159 mg, 0.53 mmol) were combined to provide tert-butyl 4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)picolinate (151 mg, 67% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 305.0 (M+H + ).
  • Example A30 Example A23 (1 g, 4.2 mmol) and ethyl(4-methoxy- benzyl)amine (10 mL) were combined and heated to 200 °C for 30 hours. The reaction solution was poured into HO Ac/water (20%, V/V) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL).
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was added to a solution of [4-(4-amino-3-fluoro- phenoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethyl-(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (1.2 g, 3.27 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (50 mL) and the resulting solution was heated to 40 °C overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was treated with HC1 (5 mL, 12M, 60 mmol) and water (50 mL). The solution was washed with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL).
  • Example A31 To a solution of Example A23 (0.30 g, 1.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added isopropylamine (0.54 mL, 6.3 mmol) and it was heated under microwave at 200 °C for 6 hours. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSC ⁇ ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane: EtOAc: MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 ) to obtain 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-isopropylpyridin-2-amine (0.16 g, 49% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 262.2 (M+H + ).
  • Example A32 A solution of 3,5-dinitro-benzonitrile (5 g, 25.9 mol), 5- chloro-pyridin-3-ol (3.35 g, 25.9 mol) and K 2 C0 3 (7.2 g, 52 mol) in DMF (150 mL) was heated at 100 °C overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was poured into water.
  • Example A33 3,5-dinitro-benzonitrile (3 g, 16 mmol), 6-methylpyridin-3-ol (1.7 g, 16 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (4.3 g, 31 mmol) were dissolved in DMF and heated to 1 10 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 3-(6- methylpyridin-3-yloxy)-5-nitrobenzonitrile (3 g, 76% yield ). !
  • Example A34 3,5-Dinitrobenzonitrile(1.50 g, 7.77 mmol) was added to a slurry of pyridin-3-ol (739 mg, 7.77 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.7 g, 77.7 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), the mixture was warmed to 60 °C and stirred overnight. After cooling to RT the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (100 mL).
  • Example A35 Using a procedure analogous to Example A3, 3-amino-4- fluorophenol (491 mg, 3.86 mmol) and 4-chloropyrimidin-2-amine (500 mg, 3.86 mmol) were combined to give 4-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-2-amine (509 mg, 59% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 221.0 (M+H + ).
  • Example A36 A solution of l ,3-difiuoro-2-methylbenzene (15 g, 0.12 mol) in H 2 S0 4 (100 mL) was treated dropwise with HN0 3 (65 %, 11.4 g, 0.12 mol) at -10 °C. The resultant mixture was stirred for about 30 min. The mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (NaSO ⁇ and concentrated in vacuo to give l,3-difluoro-2-methyl-4- nitrobenzene (16 g, 78% yield). 'H NMR (400MHZ, CDCI3) ⁇ 7.80 (m, 1 H), 6.8-7.1 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (s, 3 H).
  • Example A37 A solution of l ,2,3-trifiuoro-4-nitro-benzene (30 g, 0.17 mol) and benzyl alcohol (18.4 g, 0.17 mol) in DMF (300 mL) was treated with K 2 C0 3 (35 g, 0.25 mol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 8 h. Water (300 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 500 mL).
  • Example A38 A solution of Example A37 (2 g, 7.8 mmol), l-methyl-4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (1.6 g, 7.8 mmol) and Na 2 C0 3 (1.65 mg, 15.6 mmol) in DME (12 mL) and H 2 0 (4 mL) was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh 3 )4 (450 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 70 °C under nitrogen for 16 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was suspended in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
  • Example A39 Example A23 (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzylamine (50 mL) were combined in a steel bomb and heated to 160 °C for 3h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse prep-HPLC to give N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-amine (1.0 g, 35% yield).
  • Example A40 A solution of 4-amino-2-methyl-phenol (4.25 g, 34.5 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (50 mL) was degassed in vacuo and blanketed with argon. Potassium tert-butoxide (5.0 g, 44.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed a second time and stirred at RT under argon for 30 min. 2,4-Dichloro-pyridine (4.6 g, 31.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight.
  • Example A41 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine (1.4 g, 8.8 mmol), 4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol), Na 2 C0 3 (2.8 g, 26.4) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (500 mg, 0.43 mmol) were combined in a solvent comprised of toluene/EtOH/H 2 0 (4/4/1 , 20 mL). The mixture was degassed by applying a vacuum and backfilling the headspace with argon. The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 100 °C.
  • Example A42 Using a procedure analogous to Example A3, 3-amino-4- fluorophenol (0.127 g, 1.0 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (0.203 g, 1.0 mmol) were combined to afford 2-fluoro-5-(6-nitropyridin-3-yloxy)benzenamine (0.098 g, 39% yield) as a yellow solid. !
  • Example Bl To a stirring solution of benzyl 6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.991 g, 2.52 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (10 ml) and H 2 0 (2.5 ml) was added NaI0 4 (1.62 g, 7.56 mmol, 3.00 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min and then treated with 3M HCl (1.68 ml, 5.04 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred for 2.5 h.
  • Example B2 Ethyl 3-t-butyl-l-(2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)quinolin-6- yl)-;H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.380 g, 0.806 mmol), MeNH 2 HCl (0.109 g, 1.61 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.449 ml, 3.22 mmol) were combined DMF (8 mL) and stirred at RT overnight.
  • Example B3 A solution of trifiic anhydride (42.8 g, 0.15 mol) in CH 2 C1 2 (lOOmL) was added dropwise to a 0 °C solution of 6-hydroxyquinoline (20.00 g, 0.138 mol) and pyridine (23 g, 0.277 mol) in CH 2 C1 2 (500 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3 x 300 mL) and the organic phase was dried (MgSC ⁇ ) and concentrated under vacuum to afford crude quinolin-6-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (40g, >100% yield) as an oil.
  • Example B4 Quinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.34 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (30 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) with MS (activated 4A) and stirred at RT for 6 hours. Ethyl 3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.39 g, 2.0 mmol) and copper(II)acetate (0.36 g, 2.0 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at RT for 3 days open to air.
  • Lithium hydroxide (62 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.21 g, 0.65 mmol) in dioxane-H 2 0- EtOH (1 : 1 : 1 , 6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The solution was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in H 2 0 (2 mL). 3M HCl was added and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water.
  • Example B5 [3-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l -yl)naphthalen-l -yl]acetic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (see WO 2006/071940, 1.60 g, 4.55 mmol) was treated with ammonia in methanol (7 M, 13 mL, 91 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube for 6 days.
  • Example B6 To a stirring suspension of tert-butyl 5-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-lH-indazole-l-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.250 g, 0.70 mmol) and Troc-Cl (0.10 ml, 0.74 mmol) in EtOAc (7 ml) at RT was added sat'd. NaHC0 3 (2.9 ml, 2.1 mmol). After 3h, the completed reaction was diluted with hexanes (35 ml) and filtered.
  • Example B7 To a stirring solution of t-butyl 6-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.075 g, 0.20 mmol) and Troc-Cl (0.028 ml, 0.21 mmol) in EtOAc (2 ml) was added sat'd. NaHC0 3 (0.82 ml, 0.61 mmol). The resulting biphasic solution was stirred at RT overnight. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x).
  • Example B8 A solution of tert-butyl 5 -(5 -amino-3 -tert-butyl- lH-pyrazol-1- yl)-l H-indazole- 1 -carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940 A2, 0.64 g, 1.80 mmol) in EtOAc (6 mL) was treated with 1M aq NaOH (2.7 mL). To the stirring biphasic reaction mixture at 0 °C was added isopropenyl chloroformate (0.26 mL) dropwise over 1 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at RT. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (20 ml).
  • Example B9 Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 4-methyl-3-oxo- pentanenitrile (1.5 g, 13.5 mmol) were combined to provide to 3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine. (1.1 g, 36% yield).
  • Example B10 Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 3-oxo-pentanenitrile (1.3 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to yield 5-ethyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (2.5 g, 85% yield).
  • Example Bll Using a procedure analogous to a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2-(diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (5.0 g, 15.5 mmol) and 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxo-butyronitrile (2.3 g, 16.8 mmol) were combined to yield 2-quinolin- 6-yl-5-trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (2.3 g, 53% yield).
  • Example B12 Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (5.0 g, 15.5 mmol) and 3-cyclopentyl-3- oxopropanenitrile (3.0 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to yield 3-cyclopentyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (2.3 g, 53% yield). !
  • Example B13 Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 3-cyclobutyl-3-oxo- propionitrile (1.7 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to provide 5-cyclobutyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H- pyrazol-3-ylamine (1.3 g, 40% yield).
  • Example B14 A degassed mixture of ethyl 5-chloro-2-iodobenzoate (0.621 g, 2.00 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 )4 (0.116 mg, 0.1 mmol), quinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.381 g, 2.2 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (0.553 g, 4.0 mmol), dimethoxyethane (20 mL), and water (5 mL) was heated under reflux overnight. Solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with sat'd NH 4 CI (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL).
  • Example B15 2,2,2-Trichloroethyl 4-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenylcarbamate was prepared from ethyl 4-chloro-2-iodobenzoate using a procedure analogous to Example B14. MS (ESI) m/z: 431.0 (M+H + ).
  • Example B16 A mixture of 5-nitro-lH-indazole (50 g, 0.31 mol) and 10 % Pd/C (5.0 g) in MeOH (400 mL) was heated under H 2 (30 psi) atmosphere overnight. After the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated to give lH-indazol-5-ylamine as a yellow solid (40 g, 97% yield).
  • Example B17 Using a procedure analogous to Example B16, lH-indazol-5- ylamine (5.0 g, 37.5 mmol) and 3-oxo-pentanenitrile (4.0 g, 1.1 eq) were combined and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 5-ethyl-2-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-2H-pyrazol-3- ylamine (5.2 g, 61% yield, two steps).
  • Example B18 A solution of N-benzhydrylidene-N'-quinolin-6-yl-hydrazine (32 g, 0.099 mol) in EtOH (500 mL) was treated with cone. HC1 (80 ml, 0.96 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, 5,5-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (26 g, 0.15 mol) was added, and the mixture was heated to 80°C overnight.
  • the aqueous phase was acidified to pH 3 and the resultant precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with cold ether and dried in vacuo to provide 5-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (21 g, 71% yield).
  • Example B19 A solution of sodium nitrite (502 mg, 7.27 mmol) in H 2 0 (8 ml) was added dropwise to a well-stirred 0 °C mixture of 2-methylquinolin-6-amine (1.00 g, 6.32 mmol) in cone. HC1 (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h. Tin(II)chloride dihydrate (6.13 g, 27.2 mmol) in cone. HC1 (8 ml) was added and stirring was continued at 0 °C for 1 h and then RT for 2h.
  • Example B20 Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-ylboronic acid (0.200 g, 1.23 mmol) and ethyl 3-tert-butyl- lH-pyrazole-5- carboxylate (0.267 g, 1.36 mmol) were combined to afford ethyl 3-tert-butyl- 1- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.0355g, 9% yield) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m z: 313.2 (M+H + ).
  • Example B21 Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-ylboronic acid (0.500 g, 3.09 mmol) and ethyl 3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazole-5- carboxylate (0.619 g, 3.40 mmol) were combined to afford ethyl 3-isopropyl-l- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.098 g, 11% yield) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 299.3 (M+H + ).
  • Example B22 To a stirring suspension of 6-aminobenzothiazole (0.500 g,
  • Example B23 l -Methyl-5-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole (prepared as described in WO 2005/092899; 1.14 g, 6.43 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) was stirred under H 2 (1 atm) at RT in the presence of 10% Pd/C (50 wt% H 2 0, 1.37 g, 0.643 mmol). After 18 h, the completed reaction was filtered on Celite, rinsing forward with EtOH. The combined filtrates were concentrated to afford crude 1 -methyl- lH-benzo[d]imidazol-5- amine (1.02 g, 108% yield) as a dark orange oil which was used as is in the next reaction.
  • Example B24 To a stirring solution of l-(2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid from Example Bl (0.320 g, 0.738 mmol, 1.0 eq) and TEA ( 0.118 ml, 0.849 mmol, 1.15 eq) in 1 ,4- dioxane (7.5 ml) at 20 °C was added DPPA (0.183 ml, 0.849 mmol, 1.15 eq).
  • Example B25 Using the procedure of Example B26, 3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine from Example B9 (l .OOg, 4.0 mmol), lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M in THF, 7.9 mL, 7.9 mmol) and isopropenyl chloro formate (0.48 mL, 4.4 mmol) were combined to provide prop-l-en-2-yl 3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.85 g, 65% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 337.2 (M+H + ).
  • Example B26 A solution of 5-ieri-butyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3- ylamine from Example B3 (1.00 g, 3.8 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and treated with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M in THF, 7.5 mL, 7.5 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. Isopropenyl chloroformate (0.45 mL, 0.41 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at -78 °C for 30 min.
  • Example B27 4-Fluoro-3-nitrophenylboronic acid (0.9 g, 4.9 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) with MS (activated 4A) and dried for 6 hours. A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenylboronic acid, tert-butyl 3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.9 mmol), copper(II) acetate (0.88 g, 4.9 mmol) and molecular sieves (4A activated, powder) was stirred at RT for 7 days open to the air. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite.
  • Example B28 In toluene (8 mL) was placed 1-
  • Example B29 To a solution of phenethylamine (60.5 g, 0.5 mol) and Na 2 C0 3 (63.6 g, 0.6 mol) in EtOAc/H O (800 mL, 4: 1) was added ethyl chloroformate, dropwise, (65.1 g, 0.6 mol) at 0 °C during a period of lh. The mixture was warmed to RT and stirred for an additional lh. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc.
  • Example B30 To a solution of 7-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one hydrochloride from Example B29 (20 g, 0.070 mol) in THF (400 mL) was added LAH (15 g, 0.395 mol) in portions at 0-5 °C. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight, followed by the addition of 10% NaOH solution. After stirring for lh at RT, Boc 2 0 (23g, 0.106 mol) was added and the solution stirred overnight.
  • Example 1 A solution of Example B3 ( 7.0 g, 15.8 mmol ), Example A2 ( 4.14 g, 15.8 mmol ) and DIEA ( 4.5 g, 34.9 mmol ) in DMSO ( 70 ml) was heated in an oil-bath at 70 °C for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into water (500 ml), stirred overnight and the solids were separated by filtration.
  • Example2 Example Bl (142 mg, 0.33 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.15 mL, 0.72 mmol) were combined in dioxane (3 mL). DPPA (0.13 mL, 0.59 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 90 min. Example A2 (94 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added and the resultant mixture was heated to 95 °C for 4 h.
  • Example 3 Using general method A, Example B4 (80 mg, 0.27 mmol), Example Al (0.18 g, 0.68 mmol), triethyl amine (30 mg, 0.30 mmol), and DPPA (82 mg, 0.30 mmol) were combined to yield l -(3-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- (3-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea which was treated with 3M HCl/EtOAc to obtain its HC1 salt (125 mg, 78% yield). !
  • Example 4 To a solution of Example B8 (0.132 g, 0.30 mmol) in THF (1.0 ml) were added Example A2 (0.083g, 0.315 mmol) and 1 -methyl pyrrolidine (2.6 mg, 0.03 mmol). The mixture was heated at 55 °C overnight. Solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (4.5 ml), to which 3M HCl/EtOAc (1.3 ml, 3.8 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT overnight, followed by heating at 55 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, diluted with sat'd.
  • Example 5 Using general method A, Example B4 (80 mg, 0.27 mmol) and Example A6 (99 mg, 0.38 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (149 mg, 99% yield). !
  • Example 6 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.19 g, 0.43 mmol) and Example A7 (0.11 g, 0.43 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea hydrochloride (0.160 g, 64% yield). !
  • Example 7 Example B3 (0.12 g, 0.27 mmol), Example A9 (63 mg, 0.27 mmol) and DIEA (77 mg, 0.60 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) and heated overnight at 50-55 °C.
  • Example 8 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B6 (0.178 g, 0.335 mmol), Example A10 (0.0840 g, 0.352 mmol) and DIEA (0.0701 ml, 0.402 mmol) were combined, purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) and purified a second time by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/CH 2 Cl 2 ) to afford t- butyl 5-(3-t-butyl-5-(3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-lH-pyrazol-
  • Example 9 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B7 (0.300 g, 0.550 mmol), Example A10 (0.138 g, 0.577 mmol) and DIEA (0.1 15 ml, 0.659 mmol) were combined and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford tert-butyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.090 g, 26% yield) as a film.
  • Example 10 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.150 g, 0.351 mmol) and Example A2 (0.101 g, 0.386 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (0.126 g, 62% yield). !
  • Example 11 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.15 g, 0.363 mmol) and Example A2 (0.100 g, 0.38 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-
  • Example 12 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.195 g, 0.441 mmol), Example A10 (0.111 g, 0.464 mmol) and DIEA (0.0923 ml, 0.530 mmol) were combined and purified first by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) and then by reverse phase chromatography (MeCN (w/ 0.1% TFA)/ H 2 0 (w/0.1% TFA)) to provide an aqueous solution of the TFA salt of the desired product. The aqueous residue was treated with satd. NaHC0 3 (pH 8) and extracted with EtOAc (3x).
  • Example 13 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (100 mg, 0.226 mmol), DIEA (73 mg, 0.566 mmol) and Example A18 (63 mg, 0.25 mmol) were combined to yield l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5- (2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (61 mg, 50% yield). !
  • Example 14 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.10 g, 0.23 mmol), Example A12 (53 mg, 0.23 mmol) and DIEA (64 mg, 0.50 mmol) were combined and purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain l-(3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea TFA salt. The residue was dissolved in 3M HCl and co-evaporated with isopropyl alcohol (3x).
  • Example 15 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.120 g, 0.281 mmol) and Example A7 (0.0763 g, 0.309 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (0.101 g, 65% yield). !
  • Example 16 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (85 mg, 0.19 mmol), Example A13 (42 mg, 0.19 mmol) and DIEA (55 mg, 0.42 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) and heated overnight at 50-55 °C.
  • Example 17 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (213 mg, 0.50 mmol), Example A6 (145 mg, 0.56 mmol) and DIEA (0.09 mL, 0.517 mmol) were combined in DMF (2 mL) to provide l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol- 5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (194 mg, 73% yield). !
  • Example 18 mCPBA (1.07 g of -70%, 4.34 mmol) was added to a solution of Example A18 (545 mg, 2.17 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (15 mL) and the solution was stirred at RT. The mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3 x 20 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (Na 2 S04) and concentrated in vacuo to yield 0.65 g of a tan foam, which proved to be a mixture of the sulfoxide and sulfone, and which was used as is. In 2.
  • Example B3 159 mg, 0.359 mmol
  • DIEA 139 mg, 1.08 mmol
  • 4-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyrimidin-2-amine trifluoroacetic acid salt 150 mg, 0.431 mmol
  • Example 19 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (85 mg, 0.20 mmol), Example A9 (46 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIEA (57 mg, 0.44 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) to obtain l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea.
  • Example 20 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.13 g, 0.314 mmol), Example A7 (0.086 g, 0.346 mmol) and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL) and the mixture was heated at 55 °C overnight to afford 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.088 g, 55% yield).
  • Example 21 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (198 mg, 373 mmol), DIEA (121 mg, 0.933 mmol) and Example A21 (1 17 mg, 0.448 mmol) were combined to yield l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5- (6-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea (140 mg, 67% yield) as the hydrochloride salt.
  • Example 22 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B14 (0.125 g, 0.291 mmol) and Example A7 (0.079 g, 0.320 mmol) were combined to provide l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (0.070 g, 43% yield).
  • Example 23 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (35 mg, 0.02 mmol), Example A14 (47 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIEA were combined in DMSO and heated overnight at 60 °C to obtain l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-methoxypyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea HCl salt (54 mg, 49% yield).
  • Example 24 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B19 (150 mg, 0.329 mmol) and Example A2 (94 mg, 0.362 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (113 mg, 60% yield). !
  • Example 25 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (120 mg, 0.28 mmol), Example A20 (80 mg, 0.29 mmol), and DIEA (110 mg, 0.84 mmol) were combined to yield l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (62 mg, 40% yield). !
  • Example 26 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.200 g, 0.468 mmol) and Example A15 (0.113 g, 0.491 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(4-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.238 g, 100%).
  • Example 27 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B7 (159 mg, 0.291 mmol), DIEA (45 mg, 0.35 mmol) and Example A34 (74 mg, 0.35 mmol) were combined to give tert-butyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(3-cyano-5-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)ureido)-l H-pyrazol- l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (83 mg, 47% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 608.3 (M+H + ).
  • Example 28 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A35 (95 mg, 0.428 mmol), DIEA (158 mg, 1.22 mmol) and Example B3 (180 mg, 0.407 mmol) were combined to give l-(5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride salt (102 mg, 48% yield). !
  • Example 29 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.200 g, 0.468 mmol) and Example A15 (0.113 g, 0.491 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.179 mL, 0.1.03 mmol) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.238 g, 100%) as a colorless oil. It was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !
  • Example 30 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 ( 0.2 g, 0.453 mmol ) and Example A29 (0.158 g, 0.453 mmol ) were combined in DMSO ( 4 mL) at 70 °C in presence of DIEA ( 0.176 g, 1.36 mmol ) to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fiuorophenyl)urea (0.12g, 43% yield). !
  • Example 31 Using a procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B25 (0.30 g, 0.89 mmol) and Example A31 (0.26 g, 0.98 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea (0.26 g, 54% yield).
  • Example 32 Using general method A, Example B20 (0.0643 g, 0.226 mmol) and Example A7 (0.168 g, 0.678 mmol) were combined to afford l -(3-tert-butyl- l-(imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea (0.071 g, 59%) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HC1 (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.).
  • Example 33 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) and Example A12 (55 mg, 0.23 mmol) in presence of DIEA (90 ⁇ L, 0.51 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (30 mg, 25% yield).
  • Example 34 Using a procedure analogous to Example B19 step 2, Example A2 (1.00 g, 3.83 mmol) and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonochloridate (1.30 g, 6.12 mmol) were combined to give 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenylcarbamate. MS (ESI) m/z: 436.0, 438.0 (M+H).
  • Example B28 A solution of Example B28 (57 mg, 0.213 mmol), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2- fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenylcarbamate (102 mg, 0.235 mmol) and DIEA (110 mg, 0.853 mmol) in DMSO (1.5 mL) was placed was warmed to 60 °C overnight. It was then treated with additional 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenylcarbamate (-200 mg), warmed to 60 °C overnight.
  • Example 35 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.145 g, 0.339 mmol) and Example A27 (0.087 g, 0.323 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.124 mL, 0.710 mmol) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.112 g, 63%) as a white foam. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.).
  • Example 36 Example B22 (0.310 g, 0.715 mmol), Example A2 (0.187 g, 0.715 mmol) and DIEA (0.274 ml, 1.57 mmol) were combined in DMSO (3 ml) and stirred at 70 °C. After 18 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC ⁇ ), evaporated and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the free base (84.1 mg, 22% yield).
  • Example 37 Example B23 (0.200 g, 0.464 mmol), Example A2 (0.121 g, 0.464 mmol) and i-Pr 2 NEt (0.178 ml, 1.02 mmol) were combined in DMSO (2 ml) and stirred with heating at 70 °C. After 18 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC ⁇ ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes to EtOAc to THF) to afford impure product.
  • Example 38 Using general method A, Example B21 (0.0.054 g, 0.20 mmol) and Example A2 (0.16 g, 0.60 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (0.045g, 43% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). !
  • Example 39 Using general method A, Example B21 (0.030 g, 0.11 mmol) and Example A7 (0.082 g, 0.33 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea (0.0245g, 43% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding HC1 salt by reacting with HC1 (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !
  • Example 40 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A39 (63 mg, 0.29 mmol) and Example B9 (122 mg, 0.29 mmol) were combined to provide l-(4- (2-aminopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 5-yl)urea contaminated with 2,2,2-trichloroethanol (56 mg, 28% yield). !
  • Example 41 Using as procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B25 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Example A30 (74 mg, 0.30 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-(ethylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (70 mg, 45% yield).
  • Example 42 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (295 mg, 0.69 mmol) and Example A40 (214 mg, 0.763 mmol) were combined in DMF (3 mL) to provide l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (278 mg, 72% yield). !
  • Example 43 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.711 g, 1.66 mmol) and Example A28 ( 0.450 g, 1.58 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.61 mL, 3.48 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1- 4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.43 lg, 48% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.).
  • Example 44 Using a procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B26 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) and Example A31 (75 mg, 0.29 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (59 mg, 32% yield).
  • Example 45 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.060 g, 0.15 mmol) and Example A28 (0.041 g, 0.15 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.056 mL, 0.32 mmol) were combined to afford l-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (47.6 mg, 60% yield) as a white foam. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.).
  • Example 46 Using general method A, Example B27 (77 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Example A2 (150 mg, 0.57 mmol) in presence of DPPA (67 ⁇ , 0.31 mmol) and Et 3 N (44 ⁇ L, 0.31 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3- isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea (105 mg, 70% yield).
  • Example 47 To a suspension of 5-amino-2-fluorobenzonitrile (1.00 g, 7.38 mmol) in cone HCl (15 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of NaN0 2 (0.64 g, 9.28 mmol) in water (15 mL) slowly over 15 min. The resultant mixture was stirred for 90 min at 0 °C. A solution comprised of SnCl 2 .2H 2 0 (3.37 g, 14.9 mmol), cone HCl (5 mL) and water (5 mL) was added drop wise over 20 min. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C, and was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 25 mL).
  • reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL), satd aq NaHC0 3 (20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The aqueous was further extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSC ⁇ ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography on silica gel to provide 5-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- fiuorobenzonitrile (1.24 g, 65% yield). !
  • Example 48 Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.175 g, 0.41 mmol) and Example A42 (0.097 g, 0.389 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-nitropyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.129g, 63% yield) as a light yellow oil. !

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of the present invention find utility in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, mammalian cancers and especially human cancers including but not limited to malignant, melanomas, glioblastomas, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancers, breast cancers, kidney cancers, cervical carcinomas, metastasis of primary tumor sites secondary sites, myeloproliferative diseases, chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, papillary thyroid carcinoma, non small cell lung cancer, mesothelioma, hypereosinophilic syndrome, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, colonic cancers, thyroid cancer, ocular diseases characterized by hyperproliferation leading to blindness including various retinopathies, i.e. diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram-negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bone resorptive diseases, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, and combinations thereof, a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, c-KIT kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, VEGFR kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, PDGFR kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, TRK kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, c-MET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof, or a disease caused by a HER kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof.

Description

METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF
MYELOPROLIFERATIVE DISEASES AND OTHER PROLIFERATIVE
DISEASES
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is related to United States Serial No. 60/850,834 filed October 1 1 , 2006 and United States Serial No. 1 1/870,388 filed October 1 1 , 2007, and claims the benefit of United States Serial No. 12/829,561 filed July 2, 2010, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to novel kinase inhibitors and modulator compounds useful for the treatment of various diseases. More particularly, the invention is concerned with combinations of such compounds with known kinase inhibitors, and methods of treating diseases. Preferrably, the compounds and combinations are useful for the modulation of kinase activity of c-ABL, c-KIT, TIE-2, TRK-A, TRK-B, TRK-C, VEGFR, PDGFR, FLT-3, c-MET, the HER family, cFMS, RET, oncogenic forms thereof, and aberrant fusion proteins and disease polymorphs thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Several members of the protein kinase family have been clearly implicated in the pathogenesis of various proliferative and myleoproliferative diseases and thus represent important targets for treatment of these diseases. Some of the proliferative diseases relevant to this invention include cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, and retinopathies. Important examples of kinases which have been shown to cause or contribute to the pathogenesis of these diseases include c-ABL kinase and the oncogenic fusion protein BCR-ABL kinase, c-KIT kinase, c-MET, the HER family of kinases, PDGF receptor kinase, VEGF receptor kinases, FLT-3 kinase, TIE-2 kinase, the TRK family of kinases, RET kinase, and c-FMS kinase.
[0004] c-ABL kinase is an important non-receptor tyrosine kinase involved in cell signal transduction. This ubiquitously expressed kinase— upon activation by upstream signaling factors including growth factors, oxidative stress, integrin stimulation, and ionizing radiation— localizes to the cell plasma membrane, the cell nucleus, and other cellular compartments including the actin cytoskeleton (Van Etten, Trends Cell Biol. (1999) 9: 179). There are two normal isoforms of Abl kinase: ABL-1A and ABL- IB. The N-terminal half of c-ABL kinase is important for autoinhibition of the kinase domain catalytic activity (Pluk et al, Cell (2002) 108: 247). Details of the mechanistic aspects of this autoinhibition have recently been disclosed (Nagar et al, Cell (2003) 1 12: 859). The N-terminal myristolyl amino acid residue of ABL-IB has been shown to intramolecularly occupy a hydrophobic pocket formed from alpha-helices in the C-lobe of the kinase domain. Such intramolecular binding induces a novel binding area for intramolecular docking of the SH2 domain and the SH3 domain onto the kinase domain, thereby distorting and inhibiting the catalytic activity of the kinase. Thus, an intricate intramolecular negative regulation of the kinase activity is brought about by these N- terminal regions of c-ABL kinase. An aberrant dysregulated form of c-Abl is formed from a chromosomal translocation event, referred to as the Philadelphia chromosome (P.C. Nowell et al, Science (1960) 132: 1497; J.D. Rowley, Nature (1973) 243: 290). This abnormal chromosomal translocation leads aberrant gene fusion between the ABL kinase gene and the breakpoint cluster region (BCR) gene, thus encoding an aberrant protein called BCR- ABL (G. Q. Daley et al, Science (1990) 247: 824; M. L. Gishizky et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1993) 90: 3755; S. Li et al, J. Exp. Med. (1999) 189: 1399). The bcr-Abl fusion protein does not include the regulatory myristolylation site (B. Nagar et al, Cell (2003) 1 12: 859) and as a result functions as an oncoprotein which causes chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). CML is a malignancy of pluripotent hematopoietic stem cells. The p210 form of BCR-ABL is seen in 95% of patients with CML, and in 20% of patients with acute lymphocytic leukemia. A pi 85 form has also been disclosed and has been linked to being causative of up to 10% of patients with acute lymphocytic leukemia. It will be appreciated by one skilled in the art that "p210 form", "pl90 form" and "pi 85 form" each describe a closely related group of fusion proteins, and that Sequence ID's used herein are merely representative of each form and are not meant to restrict the scope solely to those sequences.
[0005] c-KIT (KIT, CD1 17, stem cell factor receptor) is a 145 kDa transmembrane tyrosine kinase protein that acts as a type-Ill receptor (Pereira et al. J Carcin. (2005), 4: 19). The c-KIT proto-oncogene, located on chromosome 4ql 1 -21 , encodes the c-KIT receptor, whose ligand is the stem cell factor (SCF, steel factor, c-KIT ligand, mast cell growth factor, Morstyn G, et al. Oncology (1994) 51(2):205. Yarden Y, et al. Embo J (1987) 6(1 1):3341). The receptor has tyrosine -protein kinase activity and binding of the ligands leads to the autophosphorylation of c-KIT and its association with substrates such as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (Pi3K). Tyrosine phosphorylation by protein tyrosine kinases is of particular importance in cellular signaling and can mediate signals for major cellular processes, such as proliferation, differentiation, apoptosis, attachment, and migration. Defects in c-KIT are a cause of piebaldism, an autosomal dominant genetic developmental abnormality of pigmentation characterized by congenital patches of white skin and hair that lack melanocytes. Gain-of-function mutations of the c-KIT gene and the expression of phosphorylated c-KIT are found in most gastrointestinal stromal tumors and mastocytosis. Activating c-KIT mutations have been identified in a subset of melanoma patients (Guo, J. J. Clin. Oncol. (201 1) 29 (21): 2904). Further, almost all gonadal seminomas/dysgerminomas exhibit c-KIT membranous staining, and several reports have clarified that some (10-25%) have a c-KIT gene mutation (Sakuma, Y. et al. Cancer Sci (2004) 95:9, 716). C-KIT defects have also been associated with testicular tumors including germ cell tumors (GCT) and testicular germ cell tumors (TGCT).
[0006] The role of c-KIT expression has been studied in hematologic and solid tumors, such as acute leukemias (Cortes J. et al. Cancer (2003) 97(1 1):2760) and gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST, Fletcher CD. et al. Hum Pathol (2002) 33(5):459). The clinical importance of c-KIT expression in malignant tumors relies on studies with Gleevec® (imatinib mesylate, STI571 , Novartis Pharma AG Basel, Switzerland) that specifically inhibits tyrosine kinase receptors (Lefevre G. et al. J Biol Chem (2004) 279(30):31769). Moreover, a clinically relevant breakthrough has been the finding of anti-tumor effects of this compound in GIST, a group of tumors regarded as being generally resistant to conventional chemotherapy (de Silva CM, Reid R: Pathol Oncol Res (2003) 9(1): 13-19). GIST most often become Gleevec resistant and molecularly targeted small therapies that target c-KIT mutations remain elusive.
[0007] The role of TRK kinases in acute myeloid leukemia has been documented. TRK gene expression in AML leukemic cell lines (HEL, K5672, HL60) was first reported in 1996 by Kaebisch and coworkers. This study also demonstrated expression of TRK-A in 44% (n = 59) of AML patients. Actively translated TRK receptors were demonstrated by Western blotting and performance of in vitro kinase assays (Kaebisch, A., Brokt, S., Seay, U., Lohmeyer, J., Jaeger, U., and Pralle, H. Br. J. Haematol. (1996). 95: 102-109). More recently, a causal role for TRK in AML disease and disease progression has been disclosed (Li, A., Beutel, Rhein, M., et al. Blood (2009) 113: 2028-2037). High affinity TRK receptors were shown to be present in 55% of 94 analyzed acute leukemia patients, including 43/82 of leukemic blasts from AML patients. In contrast, TRK receptors were not detected on the surface of normal mononuclear cells. In 50% of AML cells expressing surface TRK-B receptors and the cognate ligand BDNF were also coexpressed establishing an autocrine loop within these AML patient cells. Significantly, constitutive TRK kinase activation (phosphorylation) was observed in all AML patient blast cells expressing a TRK receptor. AML patients whose blasts expressed TRK-A receptors exhibited a shorter median survival compared with patients not expressing TRK-A (312 vs. 547 days). Patients expressing both TRK-B and its autocrine ligand BDNF had a significantly shorter overall survival at three years (8% in TRKB/NBDNF+ patients vs. 30% in patients not expressing these markers). A TRK inhibitor or siRNA induced apoptosis in 65+% of TRK positive AML patient cells. A significant proportion of AML patients co-expressed TRK receptors and oncogenic FLT-3 ITD kinase, establishing that certain patient populations present with activation of both the TRK and FLT-3 signaling pathways (Li, A., Beutel, Rhein, M., et al. Blood (2009) 113: 2028-2037). [0008] AMLl-ETO is the most frequent chromosomal translocation in AML patients, both in adult and childhood AML (Xiao, A., Greaves, M.F., Buffler, P. et al. Leukemia (2001) 15: 1906-1913). The AMLl -ETO fusion protein functions as a transcriptional activator to up-regulate expression of TRK-A in hematopoietic stem progenitor cells (Mulloy, J.C., Jankovic, V., Wunderlich, M. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2005) 102: 4016-4021).
[0009] This study examined a large number of AML samples and found that those patient cells expressing the AMLl-ETO fusion expressed significantly higher levels of TRK-A.
[0010] Patient AML cells do not require the concomitant autocrine expression of the TRK ligand NGF to be functionally relevant. If overexpressed, TRK-A receptors may be constitutively activated in the absence of NGF ligand (Li, A., Beutel, Rhein, M., et al. Blood (2009) 113: 2028-2037). Additionally, it has been shown that the TRK ligands (growth factors) NGF and BDNF are both expressed by stromal cells in bone marrow, and activate bone marrow myeloid progenitor cells via a paracrine mechanism (Auffray, I., Chevalier, S. Froger, J., et al. Blood (1996) 88: 1608-1618; Labouyrie, E., Dubus, P., Groppi, A. et al. Am. J. Pathol. (1999) 154: 405-415.
[0011] While the predominant linkage of TRK receptor kinases to AML has been demonstrated by expression of wild-type activated TRK and/or coincident autocrine upregulation of the TRK ligand BDNF, there have also been reports of mutated forms of TRK associated with AML patient cells. Reuther and coworkers reported an activating mutant form of TRK-A containing a 75 amino acid deletion mutation in the extracellular domain. This form of TRK-A, called ATRK-A, was constitutively phosphorylated (activated) and transformed the 32D myeloid progenitor cell line (Reuther, G.W., Lambert, Q.T., Caligiuri, M.A., and Der, C.J. Mol. Cell. Biology (2000). 20: 8655-8666). ATRK-A, when expressed in 32D myeloid cells, caused an aggressive leukemogenesis when evaluated in vivo in mice (Meyer, J., Rhein, M. Schiedlmeier, B. et al. Leukemia (2007) 21: 2171-2180. [0012] Finally, it has been disclosed that the TRK-A inhibitor AZ23 blocked NGF- induced proliferation of AML cell lines and also blocked TRK-A mediated- phosphorylation of ERK and AKT. AZ23 significantly decreased leukemic burden after oral administration by 70% after three weeks of dosing in an AML-xenograft model (Ghisoli, M ., Fang, W., Graham, T.C. et al. 50th ASH Annual Meeting (2008) December 6-9. Abstract # 3789).
[0013] TIE-2 kinase is expressed in primitive hematopoietic stem cells (CD34+ CD38-) (Sato, A. Iwama, A. Takakura, N., Nishio, H., Yancopoulos, G.D., and Suda, T. Int. Immunol. (1998) 10: 1217-1227; Buhring, H. J., Seiffert, M., Bock, R.A. Scheding, S., Thiel, A., Scheffold, A., Kanz, L., and Brugger, W. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. (1999) 872: 25-38) and Ang-1 (the ligand for TIE-2 receptors) promotes adhesion of TIE-2+ cells and synergizes with stem cell factor to promote proliferation and differentiation of progenitor cells into myeloid cells (Takakura, N., Huang, X.L., Naruse, T. Hamaguchi, I., Dumont, D.J., Yancopoulos, G.D. and Suda, T. Immunity (1998) 9: 677-686). Ang- l/TIE-2 interactions in the bone marrow also enhance the ability of hematopoietic stem cells to remain quiescent and protected from myelosuppressive stress (Arai et al., 2004). Thus, blockade of TIE-2 may render these quiescent leukemic stem cells more susceptible to apoptosis (Arai, F., Hirao, A., Ohmura, M. et al. Cell (2004) 118: 149- 161).
[0014] In addition to the direct role of TIE-2/Ang-l in the adherence and proliferation of myeloid progenitor cells in the bone marrow, the TIE-2/ Ang- l/Ang-2 signaling pathway also contributes to and maintains high microvessel density in the bone marrow niche that is significantly increased in AML patients. In this angiogenic role, TIE-2 is expressed on bone marrow endothelial cells to maintain the highly vascularized bone marrow niche (Holash, J., Maisonpierre, P.C., Compton, D. et al. Science (1999) 284: 1994-1998; Hussong, J.W., Rodgers, G.M., and Shami, P.J. Blood (2000) 95: 309-313; Padro, T., Ruiz, S., Bieker, R., et al. Blood (2000) 95: 2637-2644).
[0015] The ligand for the TIE-2 receptor kinase, Ang-1 , is expressed in bone marrow stromal cells and acts in a paracrine manner to stimulate TIE-2 positive myeloid progenitor cells and endothelial cells (Sato, A. Iwama, A. Takakura, N., Nishio, H., Yancopoulos, G.D., and Suda, T. Int. Immunol. (1998) 10: 1217-1227).
[0016] Increased expression of both TIE-2 and its activating ligand Ang-1 were observed in circulating peripheral leukemic cells in 1 1 of 17 myeloid leukemia patients, including 7 of 1 1 samples from AML patients. Elevation in Ang-1 message was most prevalent in peripheral blood samples containing > 20% AML myeloid blasts (Muller, A., Lange, K., Gaiser, T., Hofmann, M., Bartels, FL, Feller, A.C., and Merz, H. Leukemia Research (2002) 26: 163-168.
[0017] A correlative study was reported by Hou and coworkers, in which expression of Ang-2 correlated with poor prognosis in AML patients (Hou, H-A., Chou, W-C, Lin, L-L, Tang, J-L., Tseung, M-H., Huang, C-F., Yao, M., Chen, C-Y., Tsay, W., and Tien, H-F. Leukemia Research (2008) 32: 904-912). In this study of 126 newly diagnosed de novo AML patients, high pre-treatment levels of Ang-2 in the bone marrow correlated, as an independent prognostic factor, with unfavorable overall survival. Only 7.2% of AML patients with high Ang-2 levels remained alive at 60 months compared to 46.5% of patients with low Ang-2 expression levels. Moreover, Ang-1 and Ang-2 levels correlated positively with peripheral blast count.
[0018] c-MET is a unique receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) located on chromosome 7p and activated via its natural ligand hepatocyte growth factor. c-MET is found mutated in a variety of solid tumors (Ma P.C. et al. Cancer Metastasis (2003) 22:309). Mutations in the tyrosine kinase domain are associated with hereditary papillary renal cell carcinomas (Schmidt L et al. Nat. Genet. (1997)16:68; Schmidt L, et al. Oncogene (1999) 18:2343), whereas mutations in the sema and juxtamembrane domains are often found in small cell lung cancers (SCLC; Ma P.C. et al. Cancer Res (2003) 63:6272). Many activating mutations are also found in breast cancers ( akopoulou et al. Histopath (2000) 36(4): 313). The panoply of tumor types for which c-MET mediated growth has been implicated suggests this is a target ideally suited for modulation by specific c-MET small molecule inhibitors. [0019] The TPR-MET oncogene is a transforming variant of the c-MET RTK and was initially identified after treatment of a human osteogenic sarcoma cell line transformed by the chemical carcinogen N-methyl-N-nitro-N-nitrosoguanidine (Park M. et al. Cell (1986) 45:895). The TPR-MET fusion oncoprotein is the result of a chromosomal translocation, placing the TPR3 locus on chromosome 1 upstream of a portion of the c- MET gene on chromosome 7 encoding only for the cytoplasmic region. Studies suggest that TPR-MET is detectable in experimental cancers (e.g. Yu J. et al. Cancer (2000) 88: 1801). Dimerization of the r 65,000 TPR-MET oncoprotein through a leucine zipper motif encoded by TPR leads to constitutive activation of the c-MET kinase (Zhen Z. et al. Oncogene (1994) 9: 1691). TPR-MET activates wild-type c-MET RTK and can activate crucial cellular growth pathways, including the Ras pathway (Aklilu F. et al. Am J Physiol (1996) 271 :E277) and the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT pathway (Ponzetto C. et al. Mol Cell Biol (1993) 13:4600). Conversely, in contrast to c-MET RTK, TPR-MET is ligand independent, lacks the CBL binding site in the juxtamembrane region in c-MET, and is mainly cytoplasmic. c-MET immunohistochemical expression seems to be associated with abnormal β-catenin expression, and provides good prognostic and predictive factors in breast cancer patients.
[0020] The majority of small molecule kinase inhibitors that have been reported have been shown to bind in one of three ways. Most of the reported inhibitors interact with the ATP binding domain of the active site and exert their effects by competing with ATP for occupancy. Such inhibitors are referred to as Type 1 kinase inhibitors. Other inhibitors have been shown to bind to a separate hydrophobic region of the protein known as the "DFG-in-conformation" pocket, and still others have been shown to bind to both the ATP domain and the "DFG-in-conformation" pocket. Examples specific to inhibitors of Raf kinases can be found in Lowinger et al, Current Pharmaceutical Design (2002) 8: 2269- 2278; Dumas, J. et al., Current Opinion in Drug Discovery & Development (2004) 7: 600-616; Dumas, J. et al, WO 2003068223 Al (2003); Dumas, J., et al, WO 9932455 Al (1999), and Wan, P.T.C., et al, Cell (2004) 1 16: 855-867. [0021] Physiologically, kinases are regulated by a common activation/deactivation mechanism wherein a specific activation loop sequence of the kinase protein binds into a specific pocket on the same protein which is referred to as the switch control pocket (see WO 2004/081084 and WO2007/008917 for further details). Such binding occurs when specific amino acid residues of the activation loop are modified for example by phosphorylation, oxidation, or nitrosylation. The binding of the activation loop into the switch pocket results in a conformational change of the protein into its active form (Huse, M. and Kuriyan, J. Cell (109) 275-282).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0022] Compounds of formula la find utility in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, including autoimmune diseases and other diseases characterized by hypervascularization or proliferation of myeloid cells, mast cells, fibroblasts, synoviocytes, or monocytes; mammalian cancers and especially human cancers including but not limited to melanomas; a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including BCR-ABL kinase and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by the TRK family of kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by cMET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including TPR-MET; a disease caused by KDR kinase or PDGFR kinases; a disease caused by HER kinases, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by RET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof; a disease caused by c-FMS kinase, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by a c-KIT kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; and diseases caused by any of the foregoing kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, and aberrant fusion proteins thereof, including but not limited to, chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, other myeloproliferative disorders, a disease caused by metastasis of primary solid tumors to secondary sites, glioblastomas, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancers, mesothelioma, hypereosinophilic syndrome, a disease caused or maintained by pathological vascularization, ocular diseases characterized by hyperproliferation leading to blindness including various retinopathies, i.e. diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration, non small cell lung cancer, breast cancers, kidney cancers, colon cancers, cervical carcinomas, medullary thyroid carcinoma, melanomas, autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, asthma, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram- negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bone resorptive diseases, bone cancer, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, mastocytosis, mast cell leukemia, and combinations thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0023] The following descriptions refer to various compounds, stereo-, regioisomers and tautomers of such compounds and individual moieties of the compounds thereof.
[0024] Carbocyclyl refers to carbon rings taken from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptanyl, cyclooctanyl, norboranyl, norborenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octenyl;
[0025] Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine;
[0026] Aryl refers to monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems characterized by delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon atoms of at least one carbocyclic ring; preferred aryl rings are taken from phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, and indanyl; [0027] Heteroaryl refers to monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems characterized by delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur of at least one carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; heteroaryl rings are taken from, but not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiazolonyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolonyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzimidazolonyl, benztriazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, imidazolonopyridinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thiazolonopyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, oxazolonopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, isothiazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolonopyrimidinyl, thiazolopyridiminyl, thiazolonopyrimidinyl, oxazolopyridiminyl, oxazolonopyrimidinyl, isoxazolopyrimidinyl, isothiazolopyrimidinyl, triazolopyrimidinyl, dihydropurinonyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, phthalimidyl, phthalimidinyl, pyrazinylpyridinyl, pyridinopyrimidinyl, pyrimidinopyrimidinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, benzodioxyl, benzisothiazoline- 1 , 1 ,3-trionyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzoazepinyl, benzodiazepinyl, benzoxapinyl, and benzoxazepinyl;
[0028] Heterocyclyl refers to monocyclic rings containing carbon and heteroatoms taken from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur and wherein there is not delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms; heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl; [0029] Poly-aryl refers to two or more monocyclic or fused aryl bicyclic ring systems characterized by delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon atoms of at least one carbocyclic ring wherein the rings contained therein are optionally linked together;
[0030] Poly-heteroaryl refers to two or more monocyclic or fused bicyclic systems characterized by delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur of at least one carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring wherein the rings contained therein are optionally linked together, wherein at least one of the monocyclic or fused bicyclic rings of the poly-heteroaryl system is taken from heteroaryl as defined broadly above and the other rings are taken from either aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl as defined broadly above;
[0031] Poly-heterocyclyl refers to two or more monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems containing carbon and heteroatoms taken from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur and wherein there is not delocalized π electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms wherein the rings contained therein are optionally linked, wherein at least one of the monocyclic or fused bicyclic rings of the poly-heteroaryl system is taken from heterocyclyl as defined broadly above and the other rings are taken from either aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl as defined broadly above;
[0032] Lower alkyl refers to straight or branched chain Cl-C6alkyls;
[0033] Substituted in connection with a moiety refers to the fact that a further substituent may be attached to the moiety to any acceptable location on the moiety.
[0034] The term salts embraces pharmaceutically acceptable salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts of free acids and to form addition salts of free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, and heterocyclyl containing carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, stearic, salicylic, p-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamo i c) , methane sulfoni c , ethane sulfonic , 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, toluenesulfonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, algenic, 3-hydroxybutyric, galactaric and galacturonic acid. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of free acid-containing compounds of formula la include metallic salts and organic salts. More preferred metallic salts include, but are not limited to appropriate alkali metal (group la) salts, alkaline earth metal (group Ila) salts and other physiological acceptable metals. Such salts can be made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc. Preferred organic salts can be made from primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines and quaternary ammonium salts, including in part, tromethamine, diethylamine, teira-N-methylammonium, Ν,Ν'- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethano lamine, ethylenediamine , meglumine ( -methylglucamine) and procaine.
[0035] Structural, chemical and stereochemical definitions are broadly taken from IUPAC recommendations, and more specifically from Glossary of Terms used in Physical Organic Chemistry (IUPAC Recommendations 1994) as summarized by P. Muller, Pure Appl. Chem., 66, 1077-1 184 (1994) and Basic Terminology of Stereochemistry (IUPAC Recommendations 1996) as summarized by G.P. Moss Pure and Applied Chemistry, 68, 2193-2222 (1996). Specific definitions are as follows:
[0036] Atropisomers are defined as a subclass of conformers which can be isolated as separate chemical species and which arise from restricted rotation about a single bond.
[0037] Regioisomers or structural isomers are defined as isomers involving the same atoms in different arrangements.
[0038] Enantiomers are defined as one of a pair of molecular entities which are mirror images of each other and non-superimposable. [0039] Diastereomers or diastereoisomers are defined as stereoisomers other than enantiomers. Diastereomers or diastereoisomers are stereoisomers not related as mirror images. Diastereoisomers are characterized by differences in physical properties, and by some differences in chemical behavior towards achiral as well as chiral reagents.
[0040] Tautomerism is defined as isomerism of the general form
G-X-Y=Z -=^X=Y-Z-G where the isomers (called tautomers) are readily interconvertible; the atoms connecting the groups Χ,Υ,Ζ are typically any of C, H, O, or S, and G is a group which becomes an electrofuge or nucleofuge during isomerization. The commonest case, when the electro fuge is H+, is also known as "prototropy".
[0041] A pharmaceutically active agent or an additional agent is defined as a therapeutic agent that is used in combination with a compound of formula la of the present invention. The pharmaceutically active agent may be administered in combination with a compound of formula la in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. If administered as separate unit dosage forms, the compound of formula la and the pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another. The pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination. In such an alternating dosing combination, a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months.
[0042] Tautomers are defined as isomers that arise from tautomerism, independent of whether the isomers are isolable.
1. First aspect of the invention - Compounds, Methods, Preparations and Adducts [0043] The invention includes compounds of the formula la:
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein Ql and Q2 are each individually and independently selected from the group consisting of N and C-Z6, provided that both Ql and Q2 are not simultaneously C-Z6;
El is selected from the group consisting cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, pyrrolidinyl piperidinyl, phenyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl and naphthyl and wherein the El ring is substituted with one or more R16 moieties and wherein the El ring is substituted with one or more R18 moieties;
wherein A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, and G4;
Gl is a heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
G2 is a fused bicyclic heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzo thiazolyl, benzothiazolonyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolonyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzimidazolonyl, benztriazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, imidazolonopyridinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thiazolonopyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, oxazolonopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, isothiazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazolonopyrimidinyl, thiazolopyridiminyl, thiazolonopyrimidinyl, oxazolopyridiminyl, oxazolonopyrimidinyl, isoxazolopyrimidinyl, isothiazolopyrimidinyl, triazolopyrimidinyl, dihydropurinonyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, phthalimidyl, phthalimidinyl, pyrazinylpyridinyl, pyridinopyrimidinyl, pyrimidinopyrimidinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, benzodioxyl, benzisothiazoline- 1 , 1 ,3-trionyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzoazepinyl, benzodiazepinyl, benzoxapinyl, and benzoxazepinyl;
G3 is a non-fused bicyclic heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyridylpyridiminyl pyrimidinylpyrimidinyl, oxazolylpyrimidinyl, thiazolylpyrimidinyl, imidazolylpyrimidinyl, isoxazolylpyrimidinyl, isothiazolylpyrimidinyl, pyrazolylpyrimidinyl, triazolylpyrimidinyl, oxadiazoylpyrimidinyl, thiadiazoylpyrimidinyl, morpholinylpyrimidinyl, dioxothiomorpholinylpyrimidinyl, and thiomorpholinylpyrimidinyl;
G4 is a heterocyclyl taken from the group consisting of oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolonyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl;
The A ring is substituted at any substitutable position with one Al moiety, wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of A2, A3 and A4;
A2 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000018_0001
A3 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000019_0001

Figure imgf000020_0001
and wherein the symbol (**) is the point of attachment to the A ring of formula la; and wherein— indicates either a saturated or unsaturated bond;
the A ring is optionally substituted with one or more R2 moieties;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 branched alkyl, and a direct bond wherein E 1 is directly linked to the NR3 group of formula la;
X3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=0)-, -0-, -0-(CH2)n-, -S-(CH2)n-, -NR3- (CH2)n-, -0-(CH2)q-0-, -0-(CH2)q-NR3-, -N(R3)-(CH2)q-N(R3)-, -(CH2)n-N(R4)-C(=0)-, -(CH2)n-N(R4)-C(=0)(CH2)n-, -(CH2)n-C(=0)N(R4)-, -(CH2)P-, C2-C5alkenyl, C2- C5alkynyl, and C3-C6cycloalkyl and wherein the carbon atoms of -(CH2)n-, -(CH2)q-, - (CH2)P-, C2-C5alkenyl, and C2-C5alkynyl moieties of X3 may be further substituted by one or more Cl-C6alkyl; V, VI, and V2 are each independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of O and H2;
each Z2 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, Cl-C6alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, cyano, (R3)2N-, (R4)2N-, (R4)2NC1-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC2-C6alkylN(R4)-(CH2)n-, (R4)2NC2- C6alkylO(CH2)n-, (R3)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, carboxyl, carboxyC 1 -C6alkyl-, C 1 -C6alkoxycarbonyl-, C 1 -C6alkoxycarbonylC 1 -C6alkyl-, (R3)2NS02-, (R4)2NS02-, -S02R5, -S02R8, -(CH2)nN(R4)C(0)R8, -C(0)R8, =0, =NOH, =N(OR6), -(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)nO(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)nO(CH2)nG4, - (CH2)nNR3(CH2)n-aryl, -(CH2)nNR3(CH2)nGl, -(CH2)nNR3(CH2)nG4, (CH2)nNHC(0)NHS(0)2R8, -(CH2)nNHS(0)2NHC(0)R8, -C(0)NHS(0)2R8, (CH2)nNHC(0)(CH2)nR5, -(CH2)nNHS(0)2R5, -(CH2)nC(0)NH(CH2)qR5, (CH2)nC(0)R5, -(CH2)nOC(0)R5, and -(CH2)nR5;
in the event that Z2 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted with one or more Cl-C6alkyls;
each Z3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, methoxy, oxo, (R3)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)-, -N(R4)C(0)R8, (R3)2NS02-, (R4)2NS02-, -N(R4)S02R5, - N(R4)S02R8, -(CH2)nN(R3)2, -(CH2)nN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qR5, -NR3(CH2)qR5, - C(0)R5, -C(0)R8, -R5, and nitro;
in the event that Z3 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted with one or more Cl-C6alkyls;
each Z4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl-, (R4)2N- C2-C6alkylN(R4)-C2-C6alkyl-, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl-0-C2-C6alkyl- (R4)2NC(0)-C1 - C6alkyl-, carboxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, -C2- C6alkylN(R4)C(0)R8, R8-C(=NR3)-, -S02R8, -COR8, -(CH2)„G1, -(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)q- 0(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)qO(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)qNR3(CH2)nGl, -(CH2)qNR3(CH2)nG4, - (CH2)qNHC(0)(CH2)nR5, -(CH2)qC(0)NH(CH2)qR5, -(CH2)qC(0)R5, -(CH2)qOC(0)R5, -(CH2)qR5, -(CH2)qNR4(CH2)qR5, and -(CH2)qO(CH2)qR5;
in the event that Z4 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted with one or more Cl-C6alkyls;
each Z6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxy, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxy-, Cl-C6alkylthio, (R3)2N-, -N(R3)COR8, (R4)2N-, -R5, - N(R4)C(0)R8, -N(R3)S02R6, -C(0)N(R3)2, -C(0)N(R4)2, -C(0)R5, -S02NHR4, halogen, fluoroC 1 -C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, cyano, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, - N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl- C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qR5, -N(R3)(CH2)qR5, -(NR3)rR17, -(0)rR17, - (S)rR17, -(CH2)nR17, -(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)qO(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)qO(CH2)nG4, - (CH2)qN(R3)(CH2)nGl, and -(CH2)qNR3(CH2)nG4;
each R2 is selected from the group consisting of Z3 -substituted aryl, Z3-substituted Gl, Z3 -substituted G4, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C8alkyl, R19 substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, hydroxylCl-C6alky, hydroxyl branched C3-C6alkyl-, hydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, cyanoCl-C6alkyl-, cyano substituted branched C3- C6alkyl-, cyano substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, (R4)2NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted branched C3-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, fluoroCl- C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, halogen, cyano, Cl-C6alkoxy, and fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl group is fully or partially fluorinated;
each R3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, and Z3-substituted phenyl-; each R4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched Cl-C6alkoxyCl- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)PN(R7)2, -(CH2)PR5, (CH2)PC(0)N(R7)2, -(CH2)nC(0)R5, -(CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, and -(CH2)nR17;
each R5 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000023_0001
and wherein the symbol (##) is the point of attachment of the R5 moiety;
each R6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, phenyl, Gl , and G4;
each R7 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, C2-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyC2-C6 alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxyC2- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)qR5, -(CH2)nC(0)R5, - (CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxyl substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl, and - (CH2)nR17;
each R8 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety is partially or fully fluorinated, C3-C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted phenyl-, Z3-substituted phenylCl- C6alkyl-, Z3 -substituted G1-, Z3-substituted Gl-Cl-C6alkyl-, Z2-substituted G4-, Z2- substituted G4-Cl-C6alkyl-, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, N(R3)2, N(R4)2, and R5; each R9 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl-Cl-C6alkyl-, - (CH2)„Gl , and -(CH2)nG4;
each RIO is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of C02H, C02Cl-C6alkyl, -C(0)N(R4)2, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, and -N(R4) 2;
each R13 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, carbocyclyl, hydroxyC2-C7alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxyC2- C7alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, carboxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl- C6alkoxycarbonyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl-, (R4)2N- C2-C6alkylN(R4)(CH2)q-, R5-C2-C6alkylN(R4)(CH2)q-, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkylO(CH2)q-, R5-C2-C6alkylO(CH2)q-, -(CH2)qN(R4)C(0)R8, aryl, arylCl-C6alkyl, aryloxyC2- C6alkyl-, arylaminoC2-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, -C2- C6alkylN(R4)C(0)R8, R8C(=NR3)-, -S02R8, -COR8, -(CH2)„G1, -(CH2)„-G4, - (CH2)„0(CH2)„G1, -(CH2)nO(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)„N(R3)(CH2)„G1 , and (CH2)nN(R3)(CH2)nG4;
each R14 is independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C6alkyl, and C3-C7carbocyclyl;
each R16 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8 carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoro Cl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, - N(R3)2, -N(R4)2, and nitro;
each R17 is taken from the group comprising phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl;
wherein R17 can be further substituted with one or more Z2, Z3 or Z4 moieties; R18 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl- C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3)2, -N(R4)2, C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
R19 is H or Cl-C6alkyl;
wherein two R3 or R4 moieties are independently and individually taken from the group consisting of Cl-C6alkyl and branched C3-C6alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkyl and are attached to the same nitrogen atom, said moieties may cyclize to form a C3-C7 heterocyclyl ring;
and n is 0-6; p is 1-4; q is 2-6; r is 0 or 1; t is 1-3, v is 1 or 2;
with the proviso that compounds of formula la can not be
Figure imgf000025_0001
[0044] In one embodiment, the compounds of formula la are of the formula la':
Figure imgf000025_0002
or a pharmaceutcially acceptable salt thereof,
wherein El is phenyl and wherein the El ring is substituted with one to three R16 moieties and one to three R18 moieties;
A is selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl and imidazolyl;
Gl is a heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
G4 is a heterocyclyl taken from the group consisting of oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolonyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl;
the A ring is substituted at any substitutable position with one Al moiety, wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000026_0001
and wherein the symbol (**) is the point of attachment to the A ring of formula la;
and wherein— indicates either a saturated or unsaturated bond;
the A ring is optionally substituted with one or more R2 moieties;
X2 is a direct bond, wherein El is directly linked to the NH group of formula la;
X3 is -0-;
V, VI and V2 are each independently O or represent two hydrogens attached to the methylene carbon to which the V, VI, and V2 is attached;
each Z3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, methoxy, oxo, (R3)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)-, -N(R4)C(0)R8, (R3)2NS02-, (R4)2NS02-, -N(R4)S02R5, - N(R4)S02R8, -(CH2)N(R3)2, -(CH2)nN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, - N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qR5, -N(R3)(CH2)qR5, - C(0)R5, -C(0)R8, -R5, and nitro;
in the event that Z3 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted by one or more Cl-C6alkyl;
each Z4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2- C6alkylN(R4)-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl-0-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2NC(0)-C 1 -C6alkyl, carboxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, -C2-C6alkylN(R4)C(0)R8, R8- C(=NR3)-, -S02R8, -C(0)R8, and -(CH2)qR5;
in the event that Z4 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted by one or more Cl-C6alkyl;
each Z6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of -C(0)N(R3)2, -C(0)N(R4)2, -(CH2)nGl , (R4)2N-, (R3)2N-, -N(R3)C(0)R8, -N(R4)C(0)R8, H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6 branched alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl- C6alkoxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, C2-C6 branched alkoxy-, Cl-C6alkylthio-, -R5, - N(R3)S02R6, -C(0)R5, -S02N(R4)2, -S02N(R5)2, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, cyano, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl- C6alkyl, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, - 0(CH2)qR5, and -N(R3)(CH2)qR5, -( R3)rR17, -(0)rR17, -(S)rR17, -(CH2)nR17, -R17, , - (CH2)nG4, -(CH2)nO(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)nO(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)nN(R3)(CH2)nGl, and - (CH2)nN(R3)(CH2)nG4;
each R2 is selected from the group consisting of branched C3-C8alkyl, Cl-C6alkyl, fluoroC 1 -C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, R19 substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted aryl, Z3 -substituted G1-, Z3-substituted G4-, hydroxyCl- C6alkyl-, hydroxy branched C3-C6alkyl-, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, cyanoCl-C6alkyl-, cyano substituted branched C3-C6alkyl, cyano substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, (R4)2NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted branched C3-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, halogen, cyano, Cl-C6alkoxy, and fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated;
wherein each R3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, and Z3-substituted phenyl;
each R4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched Cl-C6alkoxyCl- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)PN(R7)2, -(CH2)PR5, (CH2)PC(0)N(R7)2, -(CH2)nC(0)R5, -(CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, and -(CH2)nR17;
each R5 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000029_0001
and wherein the symbol (##) is the point of attachment of the R5 moiety;
each R6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, phenyl, Gl , and G4;
each R7 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, C2-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxyC2- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)qR5, -(CH2)„C(0)R5, - (CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl, and - (CH2)nR17;
each R8 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety is partially or fully fluorinated, C3-C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted phenyl-, Z3-substituted phenylCl- C6alkyl-, Z3 -substituted Gl, Z3-substituted Gl-Cl-C6alkyl-, Z2-substituted G4, Z2- substituted G4-Cl-C6alkyl-, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, N(R3)2, N(R4)2, and R5;
each RIO is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of C02H, C02Cl-C6alkyl, -C(0)N(R4)2, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, and -N(R4)2;
each R14 is independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C6alkyl, and C3-C8carbocyclyl; R16 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, fiuoroCl- C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3)2, - N(R4)2, C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
each R17 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl;
wherein R17 can be further substituted with one or more Z2, Z3 or Z4 moieties;
R18 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl- C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3)2, -N(R4)2, C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
R19 is H or Cl-C6alkyl;
n is 0-6; p is 1-4; q is 2-6; r is 0 or 1 ; t is 1-3; and v is lor 2.
1.1 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[0045] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I- lb:
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein the A ring is pyrazolyl.
1.1.1 Compounds of Formula I-lb which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0046] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-lb, said compounds have structures of formula I-lc:
Figure imgf000031_0002
1.1.2 Compounds of Formula lb which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0047] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-lb, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 d
Figure imgf000031_0003
1.1.3 Compounds of Formula I-lb which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0048] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-lb, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 e
Figure imgf000031_0004
1.1.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.1
[0049] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.1, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 f:
Figure imgf000032_0001
1.1.5 Compounds of Section 1.1.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0050] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.1.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-lg:
Figure imgf000032_0002
1.1.6 Compounds of Section 1.1.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0051] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.1.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-lh:
Figure imgf000032_0003
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000032_0004
1.1.7 Compounds of Section 1.1.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[0052] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.1.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-li:
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.2 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[0053] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-2a:
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein the A ring is isoxazolyl.
1.2.1 Compounds of Formula I-2a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0054] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-2a, said compounds have structures of formula I-2b:
Figure imgf000033_0003
1.2.2 Compounds of Formula I-2a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0055] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-2a, said compounds have structures of formula I-2c:
Figure imgf000033_0004
1.2.3 Compounds of Formula I-2a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0056] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-2a, said compounds have structures of formula I-2d:
Figure imgf000034_0001
1.2.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.2
[0057] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.2, said compounds have structures of formula I-2e:
Figure imgf000034_0002
1.2.5 Compounds of Section 1.2.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0058] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.2.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-2f:
Figure imgf000034_0003
1.2.6 Compounds of Section 1.2.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0059] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.2.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-2g:
Figure imgf000034_0004
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000035_0001
Z4
1.2.7 Compounds of Section 1.2.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[0060] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.2.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-2h:
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.3 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[0061] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-3a:
Figure imgf000035_0003
wherein the A ring is thienyl.
1.3.1 Compounds of Formula I-3a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0062] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-3a, said compounds have structures of formula I-3b:
Figure imgf000036_0001
1.3.2 Compounds of Formula Ix which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0063] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-3a, said compounds have structures of formula I-3c:
Figure imgf000036_0002
1.3.3 Compounds of Formula I-3a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0064] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-3a, said compounds have structures of formula 1-3 d:
Figure imgf000036_0003
1.3.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.3
[0065] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.3, said compounds have structures of formula I-3e:
Figure imgf000036_0004
1.3.5 Compounds of Section 1.3.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0066] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.3.4, said compounds have structures of formula 1-3 f:
Figure imgf000037_0001
1.3.6 Compounds of Section 1.3.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0067] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.3.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-3g:
Figure imgf000037_0002
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000037_0003
1.3.7 Compounds of Section 1.3.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[0068] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.3.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-3h:
Figure imgf000037_0004
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.4 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties [0069] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-4a:
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein the A ring is furyl.
1.4.1 Compounds of Formula Hi which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0070] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-4a, said compounds have structures of formula I-4b:
Figure imgf000038_0002
1.4.2 Compounds of Formula Hi which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0071] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-4a, said compounds have structures of formula I-4c:
Figure imgf000038_0003
1.4.3 Compounds of Formula Im which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0072] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-4a, said compounds have structures of formula I-4d:
Figure imgf000038_0004
1.4.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.4 [0073] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-4e:
Figure imgf000039_0001
1.4.5 Compounds of Section 1.4.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0074] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.4.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-4f:
Figure imgf000039_0002
1.4.6 Compounds of Section 1.4.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0075] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.4.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-4g:
Figure imgf000039_0003
werein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000039_0004
1.4.7 Compounds of Section 1.4.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties [0076] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.4.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-4h:
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.5 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[0077] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-5a:
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein the A ring is pyrrolyl.
1.5.1 Compounds of Formula 1-5 a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[0078] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-5a, said compounds have structures of formula I-5b:
Figure imgf000040_0003
1.5.2 Compounds of Formula 1-5 a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0079] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-5a, said compounds have structures of formula I-5c:
Figure imgf000040_0004
1.5.3 Compounds of Formula -5 a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties [0080] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-5a, said compounds have structures of formula 1-5 d:
Figure imgf000041_0001
1.5.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.5
[0081] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-5e:
Figure imgf000041_0002
1.5.5 Compounds of Section 1.5.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0082] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.5.4, said compounds have structures of formula 1-5 f:
Figure imgf000041_0003
1.5.6 Compounds of Section 1.5.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0083] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.5.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-5g:
Figure imgf000041_0004
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000042_0001
Z4
1.5.7 Compounds of Section 1.5.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[0084] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.5.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-5h:
Figure imgf000042_0002
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.6 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[0085] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-6a:
Figure imgf000042_0003
wherein the A ring is imidazolyl.
1.6.1 Compounds of Formula I-6a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0086] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-6a, said compounds have structures of formula I-6b:
Figure imgf000043_0001
7.(5.2 Compounds of Formula I-6a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[0087] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-6a, said compounds have structures of formula I-6c:
Figure imgf000043_0002
1.6.3 Compounds of Formula I-6a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[0088] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-6a, said compounds have structures of formula I-6d:
Figure imgf000043_0003
1.6.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.6
[0089] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.6, said compounds have structures of formula I-6e:
Figure imgf000043_0004
1.6.5 Compounds of Section 1.6.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0090] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.6.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-6f:
Figure imgf000044_0001
1.6.6 Compounds of Section 1.6.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0091] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.6.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-6g:
Figure imgf000044_0002
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000044_0003
1.6.7 Compounds of Section 1.6.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[0092] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.6.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-6h:
Figure imgf000044_0004
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.7 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties [0093] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-7a:
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein the A ring is thiazolyl.
1.7.1 Compounds of Formula I- 7a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[0094] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-7a, said compounds have structures of formula I-7b:
Figure imgf000045_0002
1.7.2 Compounds of Formula I- 7a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[0095] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-7a, said compounds have structures of formula I-7c:
Figure imgf000045_0003
1.7.3 Compounds of Formula I- 7a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[0096] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-7a, said compounds have structures of formula I-7d:
Figure imgf000045_0004
1.7.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.7 [0097] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.7, said compounds have structures of formula I-7e:
Figure imgf000046_0001
1.7.5 Compounds of Section 1.7.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[0098] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.7.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-7f:
Figure imgf000046_0002
1.7.6 Compounds of Section 1.7.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[0099] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.7.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-7g:
Figure imgf000046_0003
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000046_0004
1.7.7 Compounds of Section 1.7.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties [00100] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.7.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-7h:
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.8 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[00101] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-8a:
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein the A ring is oxazolyl.
1.8.1 Compounds of Formula I-8a which exemplify preferred A 1 Moieties
[00102] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-8a, said compounds have structures of formula I-8b:
Figure imgf000047_0003
1.8.2 Compounds of Formula I-8a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00103] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-8a, said compounds have structures of formula I-8c:
Figure imgf000047_0004
1.8.3 Compounds of Formula I-8a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties [00104] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-8a, said compounds have structures of formula I-8d:
Figure imgf000048_0001
1.8.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.8
[00105] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.8, said compounds have structures of formula I-8e:
Figure imgf000048_0002
1.8.5 Compounds of Section 1.8.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[00106] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.8.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-8f:
Figure imgf000048_0003
1.8.6 Compounds of Section 1.8.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[00107] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.8.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-8g:
Figure imgf000048_0004
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000049_0001
Z4
1.8.7 Compounds of Section 1.8.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[00108] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.8.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-8h:
Figure imgf000049_0002
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.9 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[00109] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I-9a:
Figure imgf000049_0003
wherein the A ring is isothiazolyl.
1.9.1 Compounds of Formula I-9a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00110] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-9a, said compounds have structures of formula I-9b:
Figure imgf000050_0001
1.9.2 Compounds of Formula -9 a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00111] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-9a, said compounds have structures of formula I-9c:
Figure imgf000050_0002
1.9.3 Compounds of Formula 1-9 a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00112] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-9a, said compounds have structures of formula I-9d:
Figure imgf000050_0003
1.9.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.9
[00113] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.9, said compounds have structures of formula I-9e:
Figure imgf000050_0004
1.9.5 Compounds of Section 1.9.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[00114] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.9.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-9f:
Figure imgf000051_0001
1.9.6 Compounds of Section 1.9.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[00115] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.9.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-9g:
Figure imgf000051_0002
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000051_0003
1.9.7 Compounds of Section 1.9.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[00116] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.9.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-9h:
Figure imgf000051_0004
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.10 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties [00117] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I- 10a:
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein the A ring is phenyl.
1.10.1 Compounds of Formula I-10a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00118] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 10a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 10b:
Figure imgf000052_0002
1.10.2 Compounds of Formula I-10a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00119] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 10a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 10c:
Figure imgf000052_0003
1.10.3 Compounds of Formula I-10a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00120] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 10a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 Od:
Figure imgf000052_0004
More preferred compounds of Section 1.10 [00121] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.10, said compounds have structures of formula I-10e:
Figure imgf000053_0001
1.10.5 Compounds of Section 1.10.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[00122] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.10.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-10f:
Figure imgf000053_0002
1.10.6 Compounds of Section 1.10.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[00123] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.10.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-10g:
Figure imgf000053_0003
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000053_0004
1.10.7 Compounds of Section 1.10.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties [00124] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.10.5, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 Oh:
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.11 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[00125] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 l a:
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein the A ring is pyrimidinyl.
1.11.1 Compounds of Formula I-lla which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00126] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-l l a, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 lb:
Figure imgf000054_0003
1.11.2 Compounds of Formula I-lla which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00127] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I-l l a, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 lc:
Figure imgf000054_0004
1.11.3 Compounds of Formula I-lla which exemplify preferred Al Moieties [00128] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 1 1 a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 1 1 d:
Figure imgf000055_0001
1.11.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.11
[00129] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.1 1 , said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 le:
Figure imgf000055_0002
1.11.5 Compounds of Section 1.11.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[00130] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.11.4, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 I f:
Figure imgf000055_0003
1.11.6 Compounds of Section 1.11.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[00131] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.11.5, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 lg:
Figure imgf000055_0004
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000056_0001
Z4
1.11.7 Compounds of Section 1.11.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[00132] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.11.5, said compounds have structures of formula 1-1 lh:
Figure imgf000056_0002
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.12 Compounds of Formula la which exemplify preferred A and X2-E1 Moieties
[00133] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula la, said compounds have structures of formula I- 12a:
Figure imgf000056_0003
wherein the A ring is pyridinyl.
1.12.1 Compounds of Formula I-12a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00134] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 12a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 12b:
Figure imgf000057_0001
1.12.2 Compounds of Formula I-12a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00135] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 12a, said compounds have structures of formula I- 12c:
Figure imgf000057_0002
1.12.3 Compounds of Formula I-12a which exemplify preferred Al Moieties
[00136] In a preferred embodiment of compounds of formula I- 12a, said compounds have structures of formula I-12d:
Figure imgf000057_0003
1.12.4 More preferred compounds of Section 1.12
[00137] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.12, said compounds have structures of formula I-12e:
Figure imgf000057_0004
1.12.5 Compounds of Section 1.12.4 with preferred R16 moieties
[00138] In a preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.12.4, said compounds have structures of formula I-12f:
Figure imgf000058_0001
1.12.6 Compounds of Section 1.12.5 with a more preferred Al moieties
[00139] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 1.12.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-12g:
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein Al is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000058_0003
1.12.7 Compounds of Section 1.12.5 with a more preferred Z6 moieties
[00140] In a more preferred embodiment of compounds from Section 112.5, said compounds have structures of formula I-12h:
Figure imgf000058_0004
wherein Z6 is -C(0)NHR4, -NHR4 or R19 substituted pyrazole.
1.13 Methods
1.13a Methods of Protein Modulation [00141] The invention includes methods of modulating kinase activity of a variety of kinases, e.g. c-ABL kinase, BCR-ABL kinase, FLT-3, TIE-2 kinase, the TRK family of kinases, c-KIT, PDGFR, VEGFR, c-MET, the HER family of kinases, RET kinase, and c-FMS kinase. The kinases may be wildtype kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof or polymorphs of any of the foregoing. The method comprises the step of contacting the kinase species with a compound of formula la and especially those set forth in sections 1.1-1.12. The kinase species may be activated or unactivated, and the species may be modulated by phosphorylations, sulfation, fatty acid acylations glycosylations, nitrosylation, cystinylation (i.e. proximal cysteine residues in the kinase react with each other to form a disulfide bond) or oxidation. The kinase activity may be selected from the group consisting of catalysis of phospho transfer reactions, inhibition of phosphorylation, oxidation or nitrosylation of said kinase by another enzyme, enhancement of dephosphorylation, reduction or denitrosylation of said kinase by another enzyme, kinase cellular localization, and recruitment of other proteins into signaling complexes through modulation of kinase conformation.
1.13b Treatment Methods
[00142] The methods of the invention also include treating individuals suffering from a condition selected from the group consisting of cancer and hyperproliferative diseases. These methods comprise administering to such individuals a compound of formula la, and especially those of sections 1.1-1.12, said diseases including, but not limited to, a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including BCR-ABL kinase and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by the TRK family of kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by cMET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including TPR-MET; a disease caused by KDR kinase or PDGFR kinases; a disease caused by HER kinases, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by RET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof; a disease caused by c-FMS kinase, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by a c-KIT kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; and diseases caused by any of the foregoing kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, and aberrant fusion proteins thereof, including but not limited to, chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, other myeloproliferative disorders, a disease caused by metastasis of primary solid tumors to secondary sites, glioblastomas, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancers, mesothelioma, hypereosinophilic syndrome , a disease caused or maintained by pathological vascularization, ocular diseases characterized by hyperproliferation leading to blindness including various retinopathies, i.e. diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration, non small cell lung cancer, breast cancers, kidney cancers, colon cancers, cervical carcinomas, papillary thyroid carcinoma, melanomas, autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, asthma, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram-negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bone resorptive diseases, bone cancer, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and combinations thereof. The administration method is not critical, and may be from the group consisting of oral, parenteral, inhalation, and subcutaneous.
1.14 Dosage
[00143] The methods of the present invention may be used to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of cancer or hyperproliferative diseases. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The compounds of formula la are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds of formula la and compositions described herein will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, body surface area, general health, sex, ethnicity and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term "patient", as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00144] Administration of a compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent can be accomplished via any mode of administration for therapeutic agents. These modes include systemic or local administration such as oral, nasal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, vaginal, buccal, rectal or topical administration modes. In some instances, administration will result in the release of the compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein into the bloodstream.
[00145] In one embodiment, the compound of formula la or an additional pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered orally.
[00146] Depending on the intended mode of administration, the compositions can be in solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage form, such as, for example, injectables, tablets, suppositories, pills, time-release capsules, elixirs, tinctures, emulsions, syrups, powders, liquids, suspensions, or the like, preferably in unit dosages and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. Likewise, they can also be administered in intravenous (both bolus and infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intramuscular form, all using forms well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts. [00147] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[00148] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using dissolution or suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1 ,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[00149] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00150] In order to prolong the effect of a compound of formula la, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous injection or intramuscular injection, or to slow the rate of systemic absorption upon oral administration. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Modified or sustained release formulations, well known in the art, may also be utilized in formulations to control the rate of absorption of an orally administered compound. Alternatively, modified or sustained absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
[00151] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders or diluents such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, cellulose, saccharin, glycine, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, tragacanth, carboxymethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, magnesium carbonate, natural sugars, corn sweeteners, sucrose, waxes and natural or synthetic gums such as acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators or disintegrants such as quaternary ammonium compounds, starches, agar, methyl cellulose, bentonite, xanthangum, algiic acid, and effervescent mixtures, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, silica, stearic acid, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium oleate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
[00152] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a modified or sustained manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
[00153] The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a modified or sustained manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. [00154] The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, containing cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines. In some embodiments, a film of lipid components is hydrated with an aqueous solution of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent to a form lipid layer encapsulating the drug, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,564.
[00155] The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein are coupled or conjugated. The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide -phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspanamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
[00156] Futhermore, a compound of formula la and pharmaceutically active agents described herein may be coupled, absorbed, adsorbed, or conjugated to a medical device including but not limited to stents.
[00157] Parenteral injectable administration can be used for subcutaneous, intramuscular, intra-articular, or intravenous injections and infusions. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions or solid forms suitable for dissolving in liquid prior to injection. [00158] One embodiment, for parenteral administration employs the implantation of a slow-release or sustained-released system, according to U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795, incorporated herein by reference.
[00159] The compositions can be sterilized or contain non-toxic amounts of adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, pH buffering agents, and other substances, including, but not limited to, sodium acetate or triethanolamine oleate. In addition, they can also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
[00160] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Furthermore, the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches or via other transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches and formulations well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent in a polymer matrix or gel.
[00161] Compositions can be prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and the present pharmaceutical compositions can contain from about 0.1% to about 99%, preferably from about 1 % to about 70% of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein by weight or volume.
[00162] The dosage regimen utilizing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, body surface area, sex, ethnicity, and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein employed. A person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug useful for treating or preventing a proliferative disorder.
[00163] Effective dosage amounts of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein, when administered to a subject, range from about 0.05 to about 3,500 mg of compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein per day. Unit dosage compositions for in vivo or in vitro use can contain about 0.01 , 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100.0, 250.0, 500.0 or 1000.0 mg of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein. In one embodiment, the unit dosage compositions are in the form of a tablet that can be scored. The amount of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein that is effective in the treatment or prevention of cancer or hyperproliferative disease can be determined by clinical techniques that are known to those of skill in the art. In addition, in vitro and in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed can also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the proliferative disorder being treated and can be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each subject's circumstances in view of, e.g., published clinical studies. Suitable effective dosage amounts, however, can range from about 10 micrograms to about 5 grams about every 4 h, although they are typically about 500 mg or less per every 4 hours. In one embodiment the effective dosage is about 0.01 mg, 0.5 mg, about 1 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, about 800 mg, about 900 mg, about 1 g, about 1.2 g, about 1.4 g, about 1.6 g, about 1.8 g, about 2.0 g, about 2.2 g, about 2.4 g, about 2.6 g, about 2.8 g, about 3.0 g, about 3.2 g, about 3.4 g, about 3.6 g, about 3.8 g, about 4.0 g, about 4.2 g, about 4.4 g, about 4.6 g, about 4.8 g, or about 5.0 g, every 4 hours. Equivalent dosages can be administered over various time periods including, but not limited to, about every 2 hours, about every 6 hours, about every 8 hours, about every 12 hours, about every 24 hours, about every 36 hours, about every 48 hours, about every 72 hours, about every week, about every two weeks, about every three weeks, about every month, and about every two months. The effective dosage amounts described herein refer to total amounts administered; that is, if more than one compound of formula la or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered, the effective dosage amounts correspond to the total amount administered.
[00164] In some embodiments, daily dosages of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent range from about 1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg. In another embodiment daily dosages of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent range from about 1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is selected from about 1 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg, about 6 mg/kg, about 7 mg/kg, about 8 mg/kg, about 9 mg/kg, and about 10 mg/kg.
[00165] In some embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered once daily. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in two doses per day. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in three doses per day. In other embodiments, the total daily dose of a compound of formula la or a pharmaceutically active agent is administered in four doses per day.
[00166] The dosage regimen utilizing the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, body surface area, sex, ethnicity, and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the cancer or hyperproliferative disorder to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein employed. A person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the proliferative disorder.
[00167] The compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage can be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. When administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration can be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen. Dosage strengths of topical preparations including creams, ointments, lotions, aerosol sprays and gels, contain the compound or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein ranging from about 0.1% to about 15%, w/w or w/v.
1.15 Combination
[00168] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional pharmaceutically active agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds of formula la. As used herein, additional pharmaceutically active agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated".
[00169] Those additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered separately from a compound of formula la as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those pharmaceutically active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of formula la in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another. [00170] In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination. In such an alternating dosing combination, a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months. This alternating dosing combination schedule may be repeated multiple times and the time period for dosing of the compound of formula la and the time period for dosing of the pharmaceutically active agent(s)may be adjusted. A drug holiday, wherein no compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent(s) is dosed, may optionally be implemented between the alternate dosing time periods of the compound of formula la and the pharmaceutically active agent(s).
[00171] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms refers to the simultaneous, sequential, or alternating administration of a compound of formula la or pharmaceutically active agent(s) in accordance with this invention. For example, a compound of formula la may be administered with another pharmaceutically active agentsimultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of formula la, an additional pharmaceutically active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[00172] In certain embodiments, a combination of one additional pharmaceutically active agentand a compound of formula la are described. In some embodiments, two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered with a compound of formula la. In other embodiments, a combination of three or more additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered with a compound of formula la .
[00173] In some embodiments, the additional pharmaceutically active agent is selected from taxanes such as taxol, taxotere or their analogues; alkylating agents such as cyclophosphamide, isosfamide, melphalan, hexamethylmelamine, thiotepa or dacarbazine; antimetabolites such as pyrimidine analogues, for instance 5-fluorouracil, cytarabine, capecitabine, azacitibine, and gemcitabine or its analogues such as 2- fluorodeoxycytidine; folic acid analogues such as methotrexate, idatrexate, trimetrexate, or pralatrexate; spindle poisons including vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine and vindesine, or their synthetic analogues such as navelbine, or estramustine and a taxoid; platinum compounds such as cisplatin; epipodophyllotoxins such as etoposide or teniposide; steroids such as prednisone; antibiotics such as daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin or mitomycin, enzymes such as L-asparaginase, topoisomerase inhibitors such as topotecan or pyridobenzoindole derivatives; and various agents such as procarbazine, mitoxantrone; biological response modifiers or growth factor inhibitors such as interferons or interleukins; inhibitors of growth factors, for example Bevacizumab and Ranibizumab; HSP-90 inhibitors, for example 17-AAG (Geldanamycin), 17-DMAG (Alvespimycin), NVP-BEP800, and BIIB021 ; small molecular deubiquitinase (DUB) inhibitors such as WP1 130; chemokine receptor antagonists including CXCR4 antagonists; kinase inhibitors including Cetuximab, Imatinib, Trastuzumab, Gefitinib, Pegaptanib, Sorafenib, Regorafenib, Dasatinib, Bosutinib, Ponatinib, Sunitinib, Erlotinib, Nilotinib, Lapatinib, Panitumumab, Pazopanib, Crizotinib, AT-9283, Bafetinib (INNO-406), Danusertib (PHA-739358), KW-2449, Sarcatinib (AZD0530), Tozasertib (VX-680), Lestaurtinib (CEP-701), Tandutinib, Linifinib (ABT-869), Vatalinib, Axitinib, Dovitinib, Cediranib, Vandetinib, Zelboraf® (Vemurafenib), Cabozantinib (XL- 184), the JAK inhibitor CP-690,550, and the SYK inhibitor Fostamatinib. In other embodiments, the other pharmaceutically active agent in addition to a compound of formula la is Imatinib. In other embodiments, the other pharmaceutically active agent in addition to a compound of formula la is Dasatinib.
[00174] Other examples of pharmaceutically active agents include, without limitation: agents for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelon®; agents for the treatment of HIV such as ritonavir; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex® and Rebif8), Copaxone®, mitoxantrone, and Natalizumab; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of asthma such as albuterol and Singulair ; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of inflammation such as corticosteroids, methotrexate, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of TNF-mediated disease including Humira®, Enbrel®, and Remicade®; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of IL- 1 -mediated disease including IL- 1 receptor antagonists such as but not limited to Kineret ® and Rilonacept; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of IL-6-mediated disease including IL-6 receptor inhibitors such as but not limited to toxiclizumab; pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of CD-20-mediated disease including anti-CD20 agents such as but not limited to Rituxin®;
[00175] Other classes of pharmaceutically active agents include immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as Vervoy®, abatacept, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, ridaforolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; bone resorptive inhibitory agents including denosumab and bisphosphonates including zoledronic acid; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anticonvulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as cytochrome P450 inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketokenozole and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin.
[00176] In certain embodiments, compounds of formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
[00177] Those additional pharmaceutically active agents may be administered separately from a compound of formula la as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those pharmaceutically active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of formula la in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the compounds of formula la and two or more pharmaceutically active agents may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
[00178] In another embodiment, the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be administered with a compound of formula la as part of an alternating dosing combination. In such an alternating dosing combination, a compound of formula la is dosed to a patient for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months. This alternating dosing combination schedule may be repeated multiple times and the time period for dosing of the compound of formula la and the time period for dosing of the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) may be adjusted. A drug holiday, wherein no compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) is dosed, may optionally be implemented between the alternate dosing time periods of the compound of formula la and the additional pharmaceutically active agent(s).
[00179] The amount of both a compound of formula la and additional pharmaceutically active agent(s) (in those compositions which comprise additional pharmaceutically active agents as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. This dosage form can be formulated so that the dosage amount of the compound of formula la and the dosage amount of the additional pharmaceutically active agent are independently between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight.
[00180] In those compositions which comprise an additional pharmaceutically active agent , that additional pharmaceutically active agent and the compound of formula la may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that pharmaceutically active agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight of the additional pharmaceutically active agent agent can be administered.
[00181] The amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that pharmaceutically active agent as the only active agent. In some embodiments, the amount of additional pharmaceutically active agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only pharmaceutically active agent.
[00182] In some embodiments, the compositions comprise an amount of a compound of formula la wherein the other pharmaceutally active agent is an anticancer agent. In another embodiment, the amount of the compound of formula la and the other anticancer agent is at least about 0.01% of the combined combination chemotherapy agents by weight of the composition. When intended for oral administration, this amount can be varied from about 0.1 % to about 80% by weight of the composition. Some oral compositions can comprise from about 4% to about 50% of the compound of formula la and the other anticancer agent by weight of the composition. Other compositions of the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains from about 0.01% to about 2% by weight of the composition.
[00183] The present methods for treating or preventing cancer or a hyperproliferative disease in a subject in need thereof can further comprise administering an additional pharmaceutically active agent that is a prophylactic or therapeutic agent to be administered with a compound of formula la. The other prophylactic or therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, an anti-inflammatory agent, an anti-renal failure agent, an anti-diabetic agent, an anti-cardiovascular disease agent, an antiemetic agent, a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, an anxiolytic agent, and an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent.
[00184] In a further embodiment, the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an antiemetic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
[00185] In another embodiment, the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks or 4 weeks of each other.
[00186] In still another embodiment, the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
[00187] In yet another embodiment, the compound of formula la or additional pharmaceutically active agent described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an anxiolytic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
[00188] Effective amounts of the other pharmaceutically active agents are well known to those skilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan's purview to determine the pharmaceutically active agent's optimal effective amount range. In one embodiment of the invention, where another pharmaceutically active agent is administered to a subject, the effective amount of the compound of formula la described herein is less than its effective amount would be where the other pharmaceutically active agent is not administered. In this case, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the compound of formula la described herein and the other pharmaceutically active agent act synergistically to treat or prevent cancer or hyperproliferative disease.
[00189] Antiemetic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, metoclopromide, domperidone, prochlorperazine, promethazine, chlorpromazine, trimethobenzamide, ondansetron, granisetron, hydroxyzine, acetylleucine monoethanolamine, alizapride, azasetron, benzquinamide, bietanautine, bromopride, buclizine, clebopride, cyclizine, dimenhydrinate, diphenidol, dolasetron, meclizine, methallatal, metopimazine, nabilone, oxyperndyl, pipamazine, scopolamine, sulpiride, tetrahydrocannabinol, thiethylperazine, thioproperazine, and tropisetron.
[00190] Hematopoietic colony stimulating factors useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, filgrastim, sargramostim, molgramostim and epoietin alfa.
[00191] Opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, morphine, heroin, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, oxycodone, metopon, apomorphine, normorphine, etorphine, buprenorphine, meperidine, lopermide, anileridine, ethoheptazine, piminidine, betaprodine, diphenoxylate, fentanil, sufentanil, alfentanil, remifentanil, levorphanol, dextromethorphan, phenazocine, pentazocine, cyclazocine, methadone, isomethadone and propoxyphene.
[00192] Non-opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, acetaminophen, acetaminophen plus codeine, aspirin, celecoxib, rofecoxib, diclofenac, diflusinal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, indomethacin, ketorolac, meclofenamate, mefanamic acid, nabumetone, naproxen, piroxicam and sulindac.
[00193] Anxiolytic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, buspirone, and benzodiazepines such as diazepam, lorazepam, oxazapam, chlorazepate, clonazepam, chlordiazepoxide and alprazolam.
1.16 Pharmaceutical Preparations
[00194] The compounds of formula la, especially those of sections 1.1-1.12, may form a part of a pharmaceutical composition by combining one or more such compounds with a pharamaceutically acceptable carrier. Additionally, the compositions may include an additive selected from the group consisting of adjuvants, excipients, diluents, and stablilizers.
1.17 Most Preferred Compounds [00195] l-(3-tert-butyl-l -(l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3- fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -
(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- l-(2-(methylamino)quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5- yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(l-(4-(2- amino-2-oxoethyl)naphthalen-2-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-chloro-5-(5- fluoropyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazo 1-5- yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- l-(lH-indazo 1-5-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2,4-difluoro-5-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(1 , 2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)-3-(2,4-difluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -( 1 H-indazol-5-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l -(5-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-(2-fluoro- 4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, l-(3- tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(2- hydroxyethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-chloro-5-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 - (3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin- 4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l -(3-tert-butyl-l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5- chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1-( 1 ,2,3, 4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3- (3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(l-(quinolin-6-yl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-cyclopentyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1- (3-cyclobutyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5- chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-y 1)-1H- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(3- tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -( 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2- carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6- methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylamino)pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-ethyl- 1 -
(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylamino)pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(5- chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(4-chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- methoxypyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1- (l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-
2- fluorophenyl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- (2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-5-(6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-carbamimidoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3 -tert-butyl- 1 -( 1 ,2 ,3 ,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-cyano-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4- (2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4- yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1- (4-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3- (3-isopropyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2- (dimethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazo l-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4- (2-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(H-imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2- carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1- (3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-3- methylphenyl)urea, l-(5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl-l-(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-5-(6- (hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinoxalin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-
(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-( 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-
4- yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1- (l-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H- benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1- (l-(H-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2- methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(l-(H-imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, l-(4-(2- acetamidopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-
5- yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-(ethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(3-methyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin- 4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinoxalin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l- methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(quinoxalin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea,
1 -(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1- (l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(1 -(3-aminobenzo[d]isoxazol-5- yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(5-(6-acetamidopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-( 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- (2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4-(2- (lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(1 -oxo- 1 , 2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l -(1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahy droisoquinolin-7- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3-fluoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)- 3-methylphenyl)urea, l-(4-(2-(cyclopentylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-
3- (3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-methyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, 1 -(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(2- (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(2,3-difluoro-4-(2-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-(5- chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-5-cyanophenyl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-cyano-5-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1-(5-(4-(1Η- pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-((2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo l-4-yl)pyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-3-(l-isopropyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)urea, 4-(3-fluoro-
4- (3-( 1 -isopropyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N- methylpicolinamide, l-(4-((2-(ethylamino)pyridin-4-yl)oxy)-2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, N-(4-(2-fluoro-4-(3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)ureido)phenoxy)pyridin-2-yl)acetamide, 4-(4-(3-( 1 -(4- (aminomethyl)naphthalen-2-yl)-3-(tert-butyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)ureido)-3-fluorophenoxy)- N-methylpicolinamide, and 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(3-(l -hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide.
2. Synthesis of compounds of the present invention
[00196] The compounds of the invention are available, for example, by the procedures and teachings of WO 2006/071940, filed December 23, 2005, incorporated by reference, and by the general synthetic methods illustrated in the schemes below and the accompanying examples.
[00197] As indicated in Scheme 1 , ureas of general formula I can be readily prepared by the union of amines of general formula 2 with isocyanates 3 or isocyanate surrogates 4 (trichloroethyl carbamates) or 5 (isopropenyl carbamates). Preferred conditions for the preparation of compounds of general formula j_ involve heating a solution of 4 or 5 with 2 in the presence of a tertiary base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine or N- methylpyrrolidine in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran or 1 ,4-dioxane at a temperature between 50 and 100 °C for a period of time ranging from 1 hour to 2 days.
Figure imgf000082_0001
N O
H
5
Scheme 1
[00198] As shown in Scheme 2, isocyanates 3 can be prepared from amines A-NH2 6 with phosgene, or a phosgene equivalent such as diphosgene, triphosgene, or N,N- dicarbonylimidazole. Trichloroethyl carbamates 4 and isopropenyl carbamates 5 are readily prepared from amines A-NH2 (6) by acylation with trichloroethyl chloroformate or isopropenyl chloroformate by standard conditions familiar to those skilled in the art. Preferred conditions for the preparation of 4 and 5 include include treatment of compound 6 with the appropriate chloroformate in the presence of pyridine in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane or in the presence of aqueous hydroxide or carbonate in a biphasic aqueous/ethyl acetate solvent system.
Figure imgf000083_0001
Scheme 2
[00199] Additionally, compounds of formula 1 can also be prepared from carboxylic acids 7 by the intermediacy of in-situ generated acyl azides (Curtius rearrangement) as indicated in Scheme 3. Preferred conditions for Scheme 3 include the mixing of acid 7 with amine 2 and diphenylphosphoryl azide in a solvent such as 1 ,4-dioxane or dimethylformamide in the presence of base, such as triethylamine, and raising the temperature of the reaction to about 80-120 °C to affect the Curtius rearrangement.
Figure imgf000083_0002
Scheme 3
[00200] Many methods exist for the preparation of amines A-NH2 6 and acids A- C02H 7, depending on the nature of the A-moiety. Many such methods have been described in detail in WO 2006/071940, and are incorporated by reference here. Preferred synthetic methods are outlined in the following schemes for the non-limiting examples wherein A is a 1-substituted-pyrazole (optionally substituted by R2) or A and Al are linked by C-C bond. [00201] As illustrated in Scheme 4, A 1 -substituted, pyrazole amines 10 (a preferred aspect of A-NH2 6, Scheme 2) are available by the condensation of hydrazines 8 and beta-keto nitriles 9. Preferred conditions for this transformation are by heating in ethanolic HC1. Hydrazines 8 are in turn available by the diazotization of amines JJ. followed by reduction or, alternately from the hydrolysis of hydrazones J_3 obtained by the palladium mediated coupling of benzophenone hydrazone with compounds of formula Al-X J_2,_ wherein X represents a halogen or triflate moiety.
Figure imgf000084_0001
Scheme 4
[00202] A non-limiting example of Scheme 4 is illustrated by the preparation of compound 19 (Scheme 5 and the accompanying examples). Thus commercially available 6-hydroxyquinoline J_4 can be converted to trifluoromethanesulfonate J_5 by treatment with triflic anhydride and pyridine. Reaction of J_5 with benzophenone hydrazone in the presence of a palladium catalyst, preferably a catalyst containing the bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene ligand, provides the hydrazone 16. Reaction of j_6 with ethanolic HC1 at reflux provides the hydrazine 7, which can be combined with keto nitriles of general formula J_8 by further heating in ethanolic HC1 to provide quinoline pyrazole amines of formula 19. In another aspect of this synthetic sequence, hydrazone 16 can be converted directly to pyrazole 19 by the direct reaction with keto nitrile J_8 upon heating in ethanolic HC1.
Figure imgf000085_0001
17 19
Scheme 5
[00203] Another preferred method for constructing A 1 -substituted pyrazoles is illustrated by the general preparation of pyrazole acid 22 (Scheme 6), an aspect of A- C02H 7 (Scheme 3). As indicated in Scheme 6, the union of a pyrazole 5-carboxylic ester 20 with Al-X J_2, wherein X reprepesents a halide, triflate, or boronic acid suitable for direct transition metal-catalyzed couplings with pyrazoles 20, provides Al - substituted pyrazole esters 2J_. Preferred conditions for such transformations involve mixing a boronic acid JJ_ [X= B(OH)2] and esters 20 in dichloromethane with copper acetate and pyridine in the presence of crushed molecular sieves, with or without heating. Preferred esters for this transformation include ethyl, tert-butyl and benzyl esters. The esters 2J_ in turn can be converted to acids 22 by standard conditions familiar to those skilled in the art, such as saponification, acidic hydrolysis or hydrogenation.
Figure imgf000085_0002
20 21
Scheme 6 [00204] The synthesis of intermediates useful for the construction of compounds of formula 1 wherein A and Al are linked by a C-C bond is shown in Scheme 7. In this case, palladium catalyzed reactions (for example, Suzuki or Stille reactions) of Al -X J_2 with a complementary component 23 or 24 provides compounds 25 or 26, examples of general intermediates A-NH2 6 or A-C02H 7, respectively. In this synthetic sequence, the X- groups on the reactants J_2 and 23 or 24 are moieties that undergo transition metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions, such as halides or inflates and boronic acids or esters, stannanes, silanes, organozincs or other organometallic moieties known by those skilled in the art to be suitable substrates for such processes. The X-groups in Scheme 7 are complementary moieties for cross coupling processes such that when Al-X 12 is a halide or triflate, A-X 23 or A-X 24 will be a complementary organometallic, such as a stannane or the like or a boronic acid or ester. Likewise, if Al-X 12 is an organometallic reagent or a boronic acid or ester, A-X will be a halide or triflate.
X
x ,Y
+ A" A-
Pd catalyst
Al X A1
12 23 (Y = NH2) 25 (Y = NH2)
24 (Y = C02H) 26 (Y = C02H)
Scheme 7
[00205] Within Scheme 7, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that there are additional synthetic equivalents for the Y-groups of 23 and 24 that can be used interchangeably with NH2 and C02H with the addition of additional transforming steps. For example, the Y group of 23 might also be a protected amino group such as N-Boc or a surrogate amino group such as nitro that would give rise to compounds of formula 25 after acidic hydrolysis or reduction respectively. Similarly, it will be recognized that the Y group of 24 might also be an ester or nitrile which could be hydrolyzed to an acid of formula 26 by standard synthetic methods.
[00206] A non limiting example of Scheme 7 is illustrated by the preparation of compound 29, an example of general intermediate A-NH2 6, above. Thus, commercially available quinoline 6-boronic acid 27 can be combined with commercially available 5- fluoro-2-iodoaniline 28 in the presence of a palladium catalyst to provide compound 29 an example of general intermediate A-NH2 6, above.
Figure imgf000087_0001
29
Scheme 8
[00207] Amines 2 (Schemes 1 and 3, above) useful for the invention can be synthesized according to methods commonly known to those skilled in the art. Non- limiting examples are illustrated in the following schemes. A general preparation of aryl amine 32, an example of amine 2, above, is shown in Scheme 9. Thus, chloropyri dines of formula 3J_ are reacted with phenols of formula 30 in the presence of base such as potassium tert-butoxide. Reactions are generally conducted at temperatures between 0 °C and 150 °C in solvents such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide. Some non-limiting examples of general synthetic Scheme 9 are shown in Schemes 10-12, below.
Figure imgf000087_0002
30 31 32
Scheme 9
[00208] In Scheme 10, commercially available 3-fluoro-4-aminophenol is reacted with potassium tert-butoxide and chloropyridines 34 or 35 to provide amino ethers 36 and 37 respectively. The preferred solvent for this transformation is dimethylacetamide at a temperature between 80 and 100 °C.
Figure imgf000088_0001
Scheme 10
[00209] In a similar manner, commercially available 2-methyl-4-aminophenol 38 is combined with chloropyridines 34 and 35 to provide amino ethers 39 and 40, respectively (Scheme 11).
Figure imgf000088_0002
Scheme 11
[00210] Scheme 12 illustrates the preparation of meta- substituted pyridyl ether amines 47 and 48, examples of general intermediate 2, above. As shown in Scheme 12, commercially available 2-chloro-4-fluorophenol 41_ is treated with methyl chloroformate to provide carbonate 42. Nitration under standard conditions then provides adduct 43. Hydrolysis of the carbonate provides phenol 44. Concomitant reduction of both the nitro and chloro moieties provides aminophenol 45. Treatment of phenol 45 sequentially with potassium tert-butoxide and 3,5-dichloropyridine and heating in dimethylacetamide provides the compound 47. Removal of the chlorine atom of 47 by hydrogenation provides the amine of formula 48, an aspect of general amine 2.
Figure imgf000089_0001
47 (R = CI)
48 (R = H)
Scheme 12
[00211] Amines of general formula 2 can also be prepared by the general route shown in Scheme 13. Thus, halo pyridine 49 (X is halogen) or halo pyrimidine 50 (X is halogen) can be converted to Z6-substituted pyridine 5J_ or Z6-substituted pyrimidine 52, respectively. There are several methods through which this can be accomplished, depending on the nature of the Z6. When the Z6 moiety is attached to the Q-containing ring through a Z6 nitrogen atom, preferred methods include heating compounds of formula 49 or 50 with an excess of the amine Z6-H either neat or in a solvent such as N- methylpyrrolidinone, DMF, DMSO or an alcoholic solvent at temperatures ranging from RT to 200 °C. For the case of aryl and heteroaryl amines Z6-H, additional preferred methods include the heating of compounds 49 or 50 with an excess of the amine Z6-H and an acid catalyst (for example, TsOH, HC1, HOAc or the like) in a suitable solvent such as DMF, DMSO or an alcoholic solvent. Additional preferred methods for aryl and heteroarylamines Z6-H include combining Z6-H with compounds 49 or 50 in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as a palladium catalyst in a suitable solvent like 1 ,4-dioxane or DMF with heating if necessary. When the Z6 moiety is attached to the Q-containing ring through a Z6 oxygen or sulfur atom, preferred methods include heating 49-50 with alcohol or thiol Z6-H in the presence of a strong base (for example, NaH or potassium tert-butoxide) either neat using Z6-H as the solvent, or in a polar solvent such as DMF or DMSO at temperatures ranging from RT to 200 °C. When the Z6 moiety is attached to the Q-containing ring through a Z6 carbon atom, preferred methods include contacting compounds 49 or 50 with a species of formula Z6-M in the presence of a palladium catalyst, wherein M is a species that participates in transition- metal catalyzed cross-coupling reactions. Examples of suitable M groups include but are not limited to, boronic acids, boronic esters, zinc, trialkyltin, silicon, magnesium, lithium, and aluminum. Optionally, the transformations shown in Scheme 13 may be performed with microwave heating. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the Z6 moieties introduced in Scheme 13 may contain optional protecting groups that will be removed in subsequent transformations (not shown). Some non-limiting examples of general Scheme 13 are shown in Schemes 14 and 15, below.
Figure imgf000090_0001
4 (Q = CH) 51 (Q = CH)
5£L(Q = N) 52_(Q = N)
Scheme 13
[00212] In Scheme 14, phenol 33 and 2,4-dichloropyridine (51) are combined using general Scheme 9 to provide the chloropyridine 52. Further reaction of chloropyridine 52 with the N-methylpyrazole boronate 53 in the presence of palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) provides 54, an example of general amine 2.
Figure imgf000090_0002
33 51 52
Figure imgf000090_0003
54
Scheme 14 [00213] Scheme 15, shows the preparation of amino pyridine 55 from chloropyridine 52 by the general route of Scheme 13. Preferred conditions for this transformation include the contacting of chloropyridine 52 with isopropylamine in N- methylpyrrolidinone with microwave heating.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Scheme 15
[00214] Scheme 16 illustrates an alternative preparation of compounds of general formula J_, represented by the preparation of urea 6J_. In the instance when general amine 2 is primary (R3 = H), amine 2 can be converted to an isopropenyl carbamate 56, trichloroethyl carbamate 57, or 4-nitrophenyl carbamate 58 by reaction with isopropenyl chloroformate, trichloroethyl chloroformate or 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, respectively. Alternatively, by analogy to Scheme 2, amine 2 (R3 = H) can be converted to a discrete isocyanate 59. By analogy to Scheme 1 , reaction of carbamates 56-58 or isocyanate 59 with R3-substituted amine 60 provides urea 6J_, an example of general formula L
Figure imgf000091_0002
2 (R3 = H) 2C(CH3)CH2)
2CH2CC13)
2(4-N02C6H4)
Figure imgf000091_0003
Scheme 16
[00215] An additional subset of ureas of general formula 1 can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 17. In the instances when R3 is not H, the mono-substituted ureas 1 or 61 can be optionally further transformed into bis-R3-substituted ureas 62 (Formula 1). Thus, in Scheme 17, exposure of I or 6J_ to alkyl halides or cycloalkyl halides in the presence of a base, for example potassium carbonate, sodium hydride or potassium tert- butoxide in a suitable solvent such as DMF provides ureas 62 wherein the newly incorporated R3 group is alkyl or cycloalkyl. Alternatively, exposure of ureas 1 or
61 to copper(II) acetate and Z3 -substituted phenylboronic acids [See: Chan et.al, Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 3863-3865; Chan et.al, Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 2933- 2936; Chan, D. M. T. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 9013-9016] provides the analogous bis-R3-substituted ureas wherein the newly incorporated R3 is Z3 -substituted phenyl.
Figure imgf000092_0001
1 (R3≠H) 62 61 (R3≠ H)
Scheme 17
[00216] General amines A-NH2 (6) wherein the A-ring is isoxazole can be prepared by the methods described in Scheme 18. Many examples of R2-substituted aminoisoxazoles 64 and 65 are commercially available. They can also be prepared from common keto nitrile intemediates 63 by condensation with hydroxylamine either under acidic or alkaline conditions as described in the literature (Takase, et al. Heterocycles, (1991), 52, pp 1 153-1 158). Bromination of isoxazoles 64 or 65 using standard conditions (see: Sircar, et. al. J. Org. Chem (1985), 50, pp 5723-7; Carr, et. al. J. Med. Chem. (1977), 20, pp 934-9; Chan et al., US 5514691) provides bromo isoxazoles 66 and 67 respectively. By analogy to Schemes 7 and 8, 66 and 67 can be converted to Al -containing amino isoxazoles 68 and 69, examples of general amine 6 and 25, through palladium-mediated couplings with reagents of formula Al-M (70), wherein the "M" moiety of Al-M is a moiety that participates in transition metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions, such as a boronic acid or ester, stannane, silane, organozinc or other organometallic moiety known by those skilled in the art to be a suitable substrate for such processes. Using the general methods of Schemes 1 and 2, amines 68 and 69 can be converted to ureas of general formula L It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the Al -moiety of 68-70 may contain protecting groups that may be removed prior to or after conversion to ureas of formula 1 by appropriate de-protection conditions. It will be further understood that the amino group of 64-69 may be optionally protected with a suitable protecting group (such as a tert-butylcarbamate) if desired to facilitate the bromination or palladium coupling steps.
Figure imgf000093_0001
67 69
Scheme 18
[00217] By analogy to Scheme 18, amines 73 and 74, examples of general amines A- NH2 (6) wherein the A-ring is isothiazole, can be prepared as shown in Scheme 19 by the reaction of bromo isothiazoles 7J_ and 72 and Al-M (70). The requisite isothiazoles 71 and 72 are accessible by methods described in the literature (See; Vidyadher, H.B., WO 94/21647 (1994); Hackler, et. al. J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1989), 26, pp 1575-8). Using the general methods of Schemes 1 and 2, amines 73 and 74 can be converted to ureas of general formula L
Figure imgf000094_0001
71 73
Al-M
Figure imgf000094_0002
72
74
Scheme 19
2.1 Examples
[00218] General Method A: To a stirring solution of carboxylic acid (0.50 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DPPA (0.75 mmol, 1.50 eq) in 1,.4-dioxane (5.0 ml) at RT was added Et3N (1.5 mmol, 3.00 eq). After stirring for 30 min at RT, the appropriate amine (0.76 mmol, 1.50 eq) in dioxane was added and the mixture was heated at 95-100 °C. After 2 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organics were washed with 3M HC1 (lx), satd. NaHC03 (2x), and brine (lx), dried (MgS04), filtered and evaporated to give the crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography to afford the target urea.
[00219] Example Al: 4-Amino-2-fluorophenol (1.13 g, 8.9 mmol) and Example A22 (1.5 g, 8.9 mmol) were combined by the procedure of Example A2 to provide 4-(4- amino-2-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide (300 mg, 13% yield). 'H- MR (DMSO-i/6) δ 8.78 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (m, 1 H), 7.01 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.51 (dd, J = 13.2, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.42 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.51 (br s, 2 H), 2.76 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 262.1 (M + H +).
[00220] Example A2: A solution of 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (2.00 g, 15.7 mmol) in anhydrous DMA (32 mL) was degassed by evacuation of the head space and backfilling with argon (repeated 3x). The solution was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (2.12 g, 18.9 mmol) and the resultant mixture was sonicated briefly to bring all solids into the solvent volume and was stirred at RT for 30 min. Example A22 (2.68 g, 15.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed a second time and the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight under argon. The reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate (400 mL) and washed with water (3 x 100 mL) and saturated brine (2 x 100 mL). The combined aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo to a brown oil and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide (3.18 g, 77% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.76 (m, 1 H), 8.48 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (dd, J = 5.7, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (dd, J= 11.8, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (t, J = 9.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.79 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.23 (s, 2 H), 2.79 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 262.0 (M+H+).
[00221] Example A3: In NMP (15 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-chlorophenol (1.70 g, 11.8 mmol) and potassium t-butoxide (1.40 g, 12.4 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The dark solution was treated with the 3,5-difluoropyridine (2.73 g, 23.7 mmol) and powdered potassium carbonate (818 mg, 5.92 mmol) and the mixture was then warmed to 80 °C and stirred for 24 h. The resulting black mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with brine (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified via column chromatography to yield 2-chloro-5-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yloxy)benzenamine as a thick oil which was used without further purification. Ή-NMR (DMSO-i¾: δ 5.57 (br s, 2H), 6.26-6.30 (dd, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H). MS (ESI) m z: 239.0 (M+H+).
[00222] Example A4: A mixture of Example A10 (4.6 g, 19.3 mmol) and 10% Pd(OH)2/C (0.5 g, 0.35 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) was stirred under a H2 atmosphere at RT for 3h. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated to give 2-fluoro-5-(pyridine-3-yloxy) aniline (3.5 g, 88 % yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.53 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.48 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.80- 7.69 (m, 2 H), 7.05 (dd, J = 1 1.1 , 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.5, 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (dt, J = 8.7, 3.3 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 205.3 (M+H+).
[00223] Example A5: To a solution of 2,4-difiuorophenol (2 g, 15.4 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added tri ethyl amine (3.21 ml, 23 mmol) and ethyl chloro formate (1.77 ml, 18.4 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring the mixture for lh at RT, sat. NaHC03 solution (30 mL) was added, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (1x25 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried ( a2S04) and concentrated to afford 2,4-difluorophenyl ethyl carbonate (3.1 1 g, 100% yield) as a liquid.
[00224] To a solution of 2,4-difluorophenyl ethyl carbonate (3.1 g, 16 mmol) in sulphuric acid (10 mL) was added fuming HN03 (0.78 ml, 19 mmol) slowly, keeping the internal temperature around 0 °C. After 15 min ice cold water (70 mL) was added, the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x50 mL), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated to afford the nitro product as a thick syrup. This nitro product was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and to this solution was added solid NaHC03 (4.0 g, 47 mmol) and the resultant mixture was stirred for 16h at RT. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting solid was dissolved in water (20 ml) and acidified with 3M HC1 solution to pH~5. The product was extracted with CH2CI2 (3x25 mL), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried ( a2S04) and concentrated to afford 2,4-difluoro-5-nitrophenol (2.34 g, 84% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-i 6) δ 9.59 (s, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z: 176.0 (M+H+).
[00225] To a suspension of 2,4-difluoro-5-nitrophenol (1.01 g, 5.77 mmol) in EtOAc was added palladium hydroxide (0.08 g, 0.57 mmol) and the resulting slurry was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 6h. The mixture was filtered through a Celite® pad, washing with EtOAc (2x10 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 5-amino-2,4- difluorophenol (0.8 g, 96% yield) as a solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.28 (s, 1H), 6.91 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (brs, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z: 146.0 (M+H+). [00226] To a solution of 5-amino-2,4-difluorophenol (0.3 g, 2.07 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added potassium t-butoxide (0.23 g, 2.07 mmol) at RT. After stirring for lh, 3,5-dichloropyridine (0.37 g, 2.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.14 g, 1 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated to 190 °C for lh in microwave reactor. Water (30 mL) was added, and the product was extracted with EtOAc (2x35 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (EtOAc/hexane) to afford 5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)- 2,4-difluorobenzenamine (0.35 g, 66% yield) as a solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-i 6) δ 8.33 - 8.30 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (brs, 2H); MS (ESI) m z: 257.0 (M+H+).
[00227] To a solution of 5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2,4-difluorobenzenamine (0.35 g, 1.4 mmol) in 1M HC1 solution (10 mL) was added Pd/C (0.015 g) and mixture was shaken on a Parr apparatus under a hydrogen atmosphere (40 psi) for 24h. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and the filter pad was washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated on the lyophilizer to afford the hydrochloride salt. This compound was neutralized with sat aq NaHC03 solution, the free amine extracted into EtOAc (2 x 35 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated to yield 2,4-difluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzenamine (0.19 g, 63% yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-i 6) δ 8.33 - 8.30 (m, 2H), 7.37 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.09 (t, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (brs, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z: 223.0 (M+H+).
[00228] Example A6: A solution of 4-amino-o-cresol (0.301 g, 2.44 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylacetamide (6 mL) was de-gassed in vacuo and treated with potassium tert-butoxide (0.33 g, 2.93 mmol) under argon. The reaction mixture was sonicated briefly to suspend all solid matter in the liquid volume. The reaction was further stirred at RT for 30 min. Example A22 (0.417 g, 2.44 mmol) was added and the resultant mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL). The organic layer was further washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and saturated brine (2 x 20 mL). The combined aqueous phases were extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to provide 4-(4-amino-2-methylphenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide (530 mg, 84% yield) as a yellow foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.75 (m, 1 H), 8.45 (dd, J = 4.6, 0.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (dd, J = 2.6, 0.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (dd, J = 5.5, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.48 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.10 (s, 2 H), 2.78 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 3 H), 1.93 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 258.0 (M+H+).
[00229] Example A7: Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 4-amino-3- fluorophenol (14 g, 0.1 1 mmol) and Example A25 (16 g, O. l Ommol) were combined to provide 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)picolinamide (8.8 g, 36% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 8.46 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (br s, 1 H), 7.68 (br s, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.01 (dd, J = 5.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.77 (dd, J= 5.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.22 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 248.1 (M + H +).
[00230] Example A8: A solution of Example A23 (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) in 2-amino- ethanol (6.0 mL) was heated to 150 °C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to provide 2- (4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-pyridin-2-ylamino)-ethanol (1.2 g, 54% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 7.78 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.78 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.67 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.44 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.06 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.80 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.08 (s, 2 H), 4.68 (br s, 1 H), 3.43 (m, 2 H), 3.25-3.20 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: (M+H+)264.1
[00231] Example A9: A solution of Example A23 (4.0 g, 16.8 mmol) and Ν,Ο- dimethylhydroxylamine HC1 (3.3 g, 34 mmol) were combined in 1 ,4-dioxane (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated overnight at 1 10 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, neutralized with 3M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSC^) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain 4-(4-amino-3-fiuorophenoxy)-N-methoxy-N-methylpyridin-2-amine (4.4 g, 99% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-c¼) δ 8.06 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (dd, J = 12.4, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.83 (dd, J= 8.8, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.37 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.16 (s, 2 H), 3.61 (s, 3 H), 3.14 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 264.2 (M+H+).
[00232] A mixture of 2-fluoro-4-(2-(methoxy(methyl)amino)pyridine-4-yloxy)aniline (2.0 g, 7.6 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg, 0.18 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was stirred under a H2 atmosphere (50 psi) at RT for 48h. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and the cake was washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 4-(4- amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyridin-2-amine (1.2 g, 68% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-i¼) δ 7.86 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.82-6.69 (m, 3 H), 6.18 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.84 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.41 (br s, 1 H), 3.62 (s, 2 H), 2.84 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 234.2 (M+H+).
[00233] Example A10: A solution of Example A24 (0.95 g, 7.47 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.92 g, 8.2 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (2.0 mL) was degassed under vacuum and backfilled with N2 (4x) and then stirred for 30 min. 3,5- Dichloropyridine was added and the resulting solution was heated to 80 °C overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fiuoroaniline (0.5 g, 28% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c¼) δ 8.37 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.00 (dd, J = 10.8, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.46 (dd, J = 7.6, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.22 (m, 1 H), 5.38 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 239.2 (M+H+).
[00234] Example All: A mixture of Example A8 (0.263 g, 1.0 mmol), imidazole (0.0749g, 1.1 mmol) and TBSC1 (0.181 g, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was quenched with H20 (10 mL) and the pH was adjusted to ~8 by using NaHC03. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford 4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)-N-(2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-amine (0.252 g, 67% yield) as a light yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 378.3 (M+H+). [00235] Example A12: To a solution of Example A17 (7.5 g, 32.5 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) was added 1.0 M aqueous NaOH (10 mL, 100 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated at 85 °C overnight. The majority of ethanol was removed in vacuo and the concentrate was diluted with water (50 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 1-2 by the addition of 3 M HC1. The acidic solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL) and the extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give 5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)picolinic acid (6.2 g, 77%, yield). ¾-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 8.40 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, J = 11.4, 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.50 (dd, J= 7.5, 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.26 (m, 1 H), 5.39 (br, s , 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 249.1 (M+H+).
[00236] 5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)picolinic acid (0.14 g, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and stirred at 0 °C for 5 min. 1M Borane (3.4 mL) solution was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at 0 °C over a period of 30 min. The ice bath was removed and stirring continued at RT for 7 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and treated with 3M HC1 (5 mL). The solution was heated for 1 h at 50 °C. The solution was washed with EtOAc (2x) and the aqueous layer was cooled in an ice bath and neutralized with 3M NaOH. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x), the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain (5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-yl)methanol (0.13 g, 98% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6) δ 8.24 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 2.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J = 8.8, 11.2 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (dd, J = 2.8, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.15 (dt, J = 3.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 4.54 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m z: 235.0 (M+H +).
[00237] Example A13: NaH (100 mg, 3.3 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of Example A12 (0.50g, 2.1 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min, CS2 (0.49 g, 6.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. Methyl iodide (2.4 g, 17 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product. The crude, 0-(5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-yl)methyl S-methyl carbonodithioate (0.69 g, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and tributyltin hydride (1 mL) and AIBN (50 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was filtered and washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 2-fluoro-5-(6-methylpyridin-3- yloxy)benzenamine (0.26 g, 56% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.20 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H ), 7.30 (dd, J = 2.8, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J = 8.8, 11.6 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (dd, J = 3.2, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (dt, J = 3.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 219.0 (M+H +).
[00238] Example A14: A solution of 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (0.20 g, 1.6 mmol) in 4 mL of anhydrous DMA was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (0.24 g, 1.9 mmol). The resultant dark-red solution was stirred at RT for 1 hour in a capped vial. 4-Chloro-2- methoxypyridine (0.26 g, 1.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated overnight at 100 °C. Water (50 mL) was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried ( a2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 2-fluoro-4-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine (0.20 g, 58% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.02 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H ), 6.95 (dd, J = 2.8, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J = 8.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J = 2.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 235.0 (M+H +).
[00239] Example A15: A teflon capped vial was charged with 4-amino-3- fluorophenol (0.291 g, 2.29 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (2.3 mL). The resultant solution was de-gassed in vacuo and backfilled with argon (3x). The vial was treated with sodium te/ -butoxide (0.27 g, 2.41 mmol) under argon and quickly capped. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. After addition of 4-chloropicolinonitrile (0.317 g, 2.29 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.174 g, 1.26 mmol), the vial was de-gassed again and heated in a 90 °C oil bath overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (60 mL) and washed with brine (25 mL). The aqueous phase was back-extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (25 mL), dried (MgSO^, concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford 4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)picolinonitrile (0.162 g, 31% yield) as a colorless oil. !H NMR (DMSO- d6) δ 8.56 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 6.0 , 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 1 1.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.77 (m, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H); MS (ESI) m z: 230.0 (M+H+).
[00240] Example A16: A solution of 5-amino-2-chloro-4-fluorophenol (100 mg, 0.619 mmol) in degassed dimethylacetamide (2 mL) was treated with potassium t- butoxide (83 mg, 0.743 mmol) and 5-chloro-2-cyanopyridine (86 mg, 0.619 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated to 80 °C overnight, then cooled to RT and diluted with water (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3 x 30 mL) and brine (30 mL) dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated in vacuo to provide 5-(5-amino-2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)picolinonitrile as a dark oil which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 264.0 (M+H+).
[00241] Example A17: A solution of 3-amino-4-fluoro-phenol (5.6 g, 44 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (60 mL) was degassed in vacuo and was treated with potassium tert- butoxide (5.3 g, 47 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min. 5-Bromo- pyridine-2-carbonitrile (6.6 g, 36 mmol) was added in one -portion and the mixture was heated at 80 °C overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 5-(3-amino-4- fluorophenoxy)picolinonitrile (3.5 g, 44 % yield). 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.47 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.06 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.52 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (m, 1 H), 5.44 (br s , 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 230.0 (M+H+).
[00242] Example A18: In DMA (10 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-fiuorophenol (500 mg, 3.93 mmol), potassium t-butoxide (441 mg, 3.93 mmol) and 4-chloro-2- (methylthio)pyrimidine (632 mg, 3.93 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 50 °C and stirred overnight. The mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with water (30 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) and the combined organic phases washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated to yield a dark oil. The oil was purified by column chromatography to yield 2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4- yloxy)benzenamine (841 mg, 85% yield) as an oil which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 252.0 (M+H+).
[00243] Example A19: A solution of pyridine-3-boronic acid (0.68 g, 5.5 mmol) and 2-methyl-5-nitro phenol (0.85 g, 5.5 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with pyridine (1.00 mL, 12.4 mmol), copper acetate (1.5 g, 8.3 mmol) and powdered 4A molecular sieves (330 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 days at RT open to air. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aq NaHC03 (25 mL), water (25 mL), satd NH4CI (2 x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried (Na2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified via chromatography on silica gel to provide 3-(2-methyl-5- nitrophenoxy)pyridine (81 mg, 6% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.48 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (dd, J= 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.39-7.30 (m, 2 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 231.0 (M+H+).
[00244] A solution of 3-(2-methyl-5-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (80 mg, 0.35 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (50% wet, 165 mg, 0.08 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was treated with formic acid (89%, 1 mL, 35 mmol) and the resultant solution was stirred at RT. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite®, and the filter cake was washed with methanol. The filtrates were concentrated in vacuo, diluted with 40 mL of a pH 12 aqueous solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The extracts were dried ( a2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to provide 4-methyl-3-(pyridin-3- yloxy)benzenamine (58 mg, 83% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (m, 2 H), 8.32 (dd, J = 4.6, 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 3 H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.49 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.1 1 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 201.0 (M+H+).
[00245] Example A20: In DMA (8 mL) was placed 3-amino-4-fluorophenol (281 mg, 2.21 mmol), potassium t-butoxide (248 mg, 2.21 mmol) and 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine (500 mg, 2.21 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 75 °C overnight , then cooled to RT and diluted with water (75 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL) and the combined organic phases washed with brine (40 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography to yield 2-fluoro-5-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)benzenamine (161 mg, 26% yield) as an oil which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 273.0 (M+H+).
[00246] Example A21: In DMF (5 mL) was placed 5-(3-amino-4- fluorophenoxy)picolinic acid from Example A12 (500 mg, 2.01 mmol), 2.0 M methylamine solution/THF (10 mL, 20.1 mmol) and HOBt (324 mg, 2.12 mmol). To this was added 1 -((ethylimino)methylene)-N3 ,N3-dimethylpropane- 1 ,3 -diamine hydrochloride (772 mg, 4.03 mmol) and the solution stirred overnight at RT. The solution was treated with an additional equiv of l-((ethylimino)methylene)-N3,N3- dimethylpropane- 1,3 -diamine hydrochloride (775 mg) and warmed to 40 °C, then cooled to RT and stirred overnight. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated in vacuo to yield 5-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide (530 mg, 101% yield) as a thick oil, which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 262,0 (M+H+).
[00247] Example A22: To stirring anhydrous DMF (25 mL) was slowly added SOCl2 (125 mL) at such a rate that the reaction temperature was maintained at 40-50 °C. Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (25 g, 0.2 mol) was added in portions over 30 min and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 16h during which time a yellow solid precipitated. After cooling to RT, the mixture was diluted with toluene (80 mL) and concentrated. This process was repeated three times. The resulting dry residue was washed with toluene and dried under reduced pressure to yield 4-chloro-pyridine-2- carbonyl chloride (27.6 g, 79% yield), which was used in the next step without purification.
[00248] To a solution of 4-chloro-pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride (27.6 g, 0.16 mol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) at 0 °C was added dropwise a solution of MeNH2 in EtOH. The resulting mixture was stirred at 3 °C for 4h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a solid, which was suspended in EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate was washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried and concentrated to yield 4-chloro-N- methylpicolinamide (16.4 g, 60% yield) as a yellow solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.78 (br s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7. 66 (m, 1H), 2.82 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 171.0 (M+H+).
[00249] Example A23: Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 2,4- dichloropyridine (8.0 g, 54 mmol) and 3-fluoro-4-aminophenol (8.0 g, 62.9 mmol) were combined to provide 4-(2-chloro-pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenylamine (11 g, 86% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.24 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.89-6.73 (m, 4 H), 5.21 (br s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 239.2 (M+H+).
[00250] Example A24: Methyl chloroformate (77.3 g, 0.82 mol) was added dropwise to a -10 °C solution of 2-chloro-4-fluorophenol (lOOg, 0.68 mol) and sodium hydroxide (32.8 g, 0.82 mol) in water (550 mL). After complete addition, the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to give 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl methyl carbonate (1 10 g, 79 % yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 7.62 (dd, J = 8.1 , 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (dd, J = 9.0, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (td, J = 8.1, 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 205.2 (M+H+).
[00251] To a suspension of 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl methyl carbonate (110 g, 0.54 mol) in cone. H2SO4 (50 mL) was slowly added a mixture comprised of cone. H2SO4 (40 mL) and fuming HNO3 (40.8 mL, 0.89 mol). The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and the precipitated solid was collected by filiation and washed with water to give 2-chloro-4-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl methyl carbonate (120 g, 90% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6): δ 8.45 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.89 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 250.1 (M+H+).
[00252] A mixture of 2-chloro-4-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl methyl carbonate (120g 0.48 mol) and sodium hydroxide (22.7 g, 0.57 mol) in water (300 mL) was refluxed for 4h. The insoluble solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was acidified with dilute HCl. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to give 2- chloro-4-fluoro-5-nitrophenol (90 g, 98% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6) δ 11.18 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J =7.2 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 192.1 (M+H+) [00253] 2-Chloro-4-fiuoro-5-nitrophenol (85 g, 0.45 mol) and 10% Pd/C (25g, 0.023 mol) were combined in EtOH and hydrogenated (50 psi) for 12h. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 3-amino-4-fiuorophenol (40 g 70% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.87 (s, 1 H), 6.70 (dd, J = 1 1.2, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.14 (dd, J = 7.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.84 (m, 1 H), 4.92 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 128.2 (M+H+).
[00254] Example A25: 4-Chloropicolinamide was prepared using a procedure analogous to Example A22 by substituting NH3 for MeNH2. !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ί/ί) δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (br s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (br s, 1 H), 7.72 (dd, J= 5.2, 2.0 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 157.0 (M+H+).
[00255] Example A26: Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 2-fluoro-4- aminophenol (2.6 g, 24 mmol) and 2,4-dichloropyridine (2.88 g, 20 mol) were combined to provide 4-(2-chloropyridin-4-yloxy)-3-fluoro-phenylamine (3.2 g, 67% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.25 (d, J = 5.6Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (m, 1 H), 6.90 (m, 2 H), 6.50 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.41 (d, J = 10.4Hz, 1 H), 5.51 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 239.1 (M+H+).
[00256] A mixture of 4-(2-chloro-pyridin-4-yloxy)-3-fluoro-phenylamine (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) and benzylmethylamine (20 mL) was heated to 200 °C overnight in a steel bomb. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenoxy)-N-benzyl-N-methylpyridin-2- amine (1.0 g, 37% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 324.2 (M+H+).
[00257] To a solution of 4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenoxy)-N-benzyl-N-methylpyridin-2- amine (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (0.25 g, 0.23 mmol). The reaction was stirred under a H2 atmosphere (50 psi) at 75 °C for 12h. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to provide 4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyridin-2-amine (560mg, 78% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 7.80 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.90 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.40-6.45 (m, 3 H), 6.06 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.37 (s, 2 H), 2.68 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: (M+H+): 234.2. [00258] Example A27: Example A23 (0.597 g, 2.5 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (0.728g, 3.75 mmol), CS2CO3 (3.10 g, 9.5 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.289 g, 0.25 mmol) were combined in DMF/H20 (20 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed, blanketed with N2 and heated at 90 °C overnight. The completed reaction was diluted with H20 (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford 4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)- 2-fiuorobenzenamine (0.56 g, 83%) as a light yellow solid. !H NMR (400 Hz, DMSO-i¾ δ 13.01 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J =2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, J= 1 1.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.89 (t, j = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (m, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.60 (m, 1 H), 5.20 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m z: 271.0 (M+H+).
[00259] Example A28: A solution of Example A23 (3 g, 12.6 mmol), l-methyl-3- (4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (5.2 g, 25.2 mmol), and Na2C03 (2.7 g, 25.2 mmol) in DME (18 mL) and water (6 mL) was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh3)4 (729 mg, 0.63 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 100 °C for 16 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was suspended in water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 2-fiuoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)aniline (2 g, 56% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.31 (d ,J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (s, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (m, 1 H), 6.85-6.72 (m, 2 H), 6.56 (m, 1 H), 5.15 (s, 2 H), 3.84 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m z: 285.0 (M+H+)
[00260] Example A29: By analogy to Example A2, 4-amino-3-fluorophenol (0.12 g, 0.53 mmol), potassium tert-butoxide (0.080 g, 0.71 mmol) and tert-butyl 4- chloropicolinate (159 mg, 0.53 mmol) were combined to provide tert-butyl 4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)picolinate (151 mg, 67% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 305.0 (M+H +).
[00261] To a solution of L1AIH4 (699 mg, 18.4 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added tert- butyl 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)picolinate (1.4 g, 4.6 mmol) at 0 °C under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10% aq NaOH solution (4 mL), the resultant suspension was filtered and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL) to give (4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2- yl)methanol (700 mg, 70% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 235.1 (M+H +).
[00262] A solution of (4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-yl)methanol (750 mg, 3.2 mmol) and Et3N (821 mg, 8 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) at 0 °C was treated with tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride (624 mg, 4.16 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 4 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to provide 4-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)pyridin- 4-yloxy)-2-fiuorobenzenamine (370 mg, 33% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 8.32 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 6.67-6.82 (m, 4 H), 4.76 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 2 H), 0.89 (s, 9 H), 0.07 (s, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 349.2 (M+H +).
[00263] Example A30: Example A23 (1 g, 4.2 mmol) and ethyl(4-methoxy- benzyl)amine (10 mL) were combined and heated to 200 °C for 30 hours. The reaction solution was poured into HO Ac/water (20%, V/V) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (3 x 50mL) and saturated NaHC03 solution (2 x 100 mL), dried (NaSO^, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to give [4-(4-amino-3-fluoro-phenoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethyl-(4- methoxybenzyl)amine (1.2 g, 78% yield). 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-i¾ 57.90 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J =8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.74 (m, 2 H), 6.63 (d, J = 7.2 Hz,l H), 6.02 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2 H), 1.00 (t, J= 6.8, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 368.2 (M+H+).
[00264] Trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was added to a solution of [4-(4-amino-3-fluoro- phenoxy)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethyl-(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (1.2 g, 3.27 mmol) in CH2C12 (50 mL) and the resulting solution was heated to 40 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was treated with HC1 (5 mL, 12M, 60 mmol) and water (50 mL). The solution was washed with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL). The aqueous layer was treated with NaHC03 until pH = 8 and then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (3 x 50 mL), dried (NaSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give 4-(4-amino-3-fiuorophenoxy)-N-ethylpyridin-2-amine (0.45 g, 67% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ 57.79 (d, J = 5.7, 1 H), 6.85 (dd, J= 11.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.78 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.67 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.39 (m, 1 H), 6.05 (dd, J= 5.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 1.03 (t, J =12, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 248.2 (M+H+).
[00265] Example A31: To a solution of Example A23 (0.30 g, 1.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added isopropylamine (0.54 mL, 6.3 mmol) and it was heated under microwave at 200 °C for 6 hours. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane: EtOAc: MeOH/CH2Cl2) to obtain 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-isopropylpyridin-2-amine (0.16 g, 49% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 262.2 (M+H+).
[00266] Example A32: A solution of 3,5-dinitro-benzonitrile (5 g, 25.9 mol), 5- chloro-pyridin-3-ol (3.35 g, 25.9 mol) and K2C03 (7.2 g, 52 mol) in DMF (150 mL) was heated at 100 °C overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was poured into water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford 3-(5-chloro-pyridin-3-yloxy)-5-nitro- benzonitrile (3.1 g, 44 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.51 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (s, 1 H), 8.22 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H).
[00267] Iron powder (6.3 g, 1 12 mmol) was added to a mixture of 3-(5-chloro-pyridin- 3-yloxy)-5-nitro-benzonitrile (3.1 g, 1 1.2 mol) in acetic acid (100 mL) and the reaction was stirred at RT for 6 h. Water (200 mL) was added and the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with saturated Na2C03 solution and was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 150 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified on silica gel to give 3-amino-5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (1.92 g, 71 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.53 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.92 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m z: 246.2 [M + H]+. [00268] Example A33: 3,5-dinitro-benzonitrile (3 g, 16 mmol), 6-methylpyridin-3-ol (1.7 g, 16 mmol), and K2CO3 (4.3 g, 31 mmol) were dissolved in DMF and heated to 1 10 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 3-(6- methylpyridin-3-yloxy)-5-nitrobenzonitrile (3 g, 76% yield ). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (s, 1 H), 8.08 (s, 1 H), 8.01 (s, 1 H), 7.59-7.56 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.98 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 256.3 [M+H]+.
[00269] A mixture of 3-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)-5-nitrobenzonitrile (3 g, 0.012 mol) and iron powder in acetic acid (200 mL) was stirred at RT for 6 h. H20 was added and the mixture was adjusted to pH 7 with saturated Na2C03 solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford 3- amino-5-(6-methylpyridin-3yloxy)benzonitrile (2 g, 76% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.25 (s, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.51 (s, 1 H), 6.38 (s, 1 H), 5.78 (s, 2 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 226.2 [M+H]+.
[00270] Example A34: 3,5-Dinitrobenzonitrile(1.50 g, 7.77 mmol) was added to a slurry of pyridin-3-ol (739 mg, 7.77 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.7 g, 77.7 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), the mixture was warmed to 60 °C and stirred overnight. After cooling to RT the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried ( a2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (Si-40 column, ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give a light yellow solid identified as 3-nitro-5- (pyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (1.31 g , 69% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 242.0 (M+H+).
[00271] A solution of 3-nitro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (1.31 g, 9.42 mmol) and tin(II)chloride dehydrate (6.13 g, 27.2 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) was warmed to 70 °C for 2 hrs. After cooling to RT, the reaction was poured onto ice/water (100 mL). The aqueous mixture was made basic (pH~=8) with sodium hydroxide, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through paper to remove most salts. This solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL) and the combined organics washed with brine, dried ( a2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to give a light yellow solid identified as 3- amino-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (660 mg, 57% yield). MS (ESI) m z: 212.0 (M+H+).
[00272] Example A35: Using a procedure analogous to Example A3, 3-amino-4- fluorophenol (491 mg, 3.86 mmol) and 4-chloropyrimidin-2-amine (500 mg, 3.86 mmol) were combined to give 4-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)pyrimidin-2-amine (509 mg, 59% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 221.0 (M+H+).
[00273] Example A36: A solution of l ,3-difiuoro-2-methylbenzene (15 g, 0.12 mol) in H2S04 (100 mL) was treated dropwise with HN03 (65 %, 11.4 g, 0.12 mol) at -10 °C. The resultant mixture was stirred for about 30 min. The mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (NaSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give l,3-difluoro-2-methyl-4- nitrobenzene (16 g, 78% yield). 'H NMR (400MHZ, CDCI3) δ 7.80 (m, 1 H), 6.8-7.1 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (s, 3 H).
[00274] l,3-difluoro-2-methyl-4-nitrobenzene (16 g, 0.092 mol), benzyl alcohol (10 g, 0.092 mol) and K2C03 (25.3 g, 0.18 mol) were combined in DMF (250 mL) and heated to 100 °C overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel to give l-benzyloxy-3- fluoro-2-methyl-4-nitrobenzene (8 g, 33 % yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.04 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30-7.46 (m, 5 H), 7.08 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (s, 2 H), 2.13 (s, 3 H).
[00275] l-Benzyloxy-3-fluoro-2-methyl-4-nitrobenzene (8 g, 0.031 mol) and 10 % Pd- C (lg) were combined in methanol (100 mL) and the mixture was stirred under an H2 atmosphere (1 atm) overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 4-amino-3-fiuoro-2-methylphenol (4.2 g, 96 % yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.61 (s, 1 H), 6.42 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.28 (s, 2 H), 1.96 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 142.1 [M+H]+. [00276] Potassium tert-butoxide (3.5 g, 0.031 mol) was added to a solution of 4- amino-3-fluoro-2-methylphenol (4.2 g, 0.03 mol) in DMAc and the resultant mixture was stirred for 30 min at RT. To this mixture was added a solution of 2,4-dichloropyridine (4.38 g, 0.03 mol) in DMAc and the mixture was heated at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and filtered through silica gel, washing forward with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 4-(2-chloropyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fiuoro-3-methylbenzenamine (3.2 g, 42% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.21 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (s, 1 H), 6.81 (dd, J= 5.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.67 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (s, 2 H), 1.91 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 253.1 [M+H]+.
[00277] 4-(2-Chloropyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluoro-3-methylbenzenamine (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol), l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (1 g, 4.8 mmol), Na2C03 (0.84 g, 6.6 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.25 g, 0.2 mmol) were combined in DME (75 mL) and water (25 mL). The mixture was sparged with nitrogen for 15 min and was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the combined organics were washed with brine, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)aniline (0.74 g, 75% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.27 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.07 (s, 1 H), 6.63 (m, 2 H), 6.45 (dd, J= 5.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 1.95 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 299.2 [M+H]+.
[00278] Example A37: A solution of l ,2,3-trifiuoro-4-nitro-benzene (30 g, 0.17 mol) and benzyl alcohol (18.4 g, 0.17 mol) in DMF (300 mL) was treated with K2C03 (35 g, 0.25 mol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 8 h. Water (300 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 500 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed on silica gel to give l-benzyloxy-2,3-difluoro-4-nitrobenzene (16 g, 36% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/e): δ 8.06 (m, 1 H), 7.49-7.30 (m, 6 H), 5.37 (s, 2 H).
I l l [00279] A mixture of l-benzyloxy-2,3-difluoro-4-nitrobenzene (14 g, 52.8 mmol) and Pd/C (10%, 1.4 g) in MeOH (200 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (30 psi) for 2 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-amino-2,3difiuoro-phenol (7 g, 92% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.05 (s, 1 H), 6.45 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.34 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.67 (s, 2 H).
[00280] Using a procedure analogous to Example A2, 4-amino-2,3-difluorophenol (6 g, 41.4 mmol), potassium tert-butoxide (4.9 g, 43.5 mmol) and 2,4-dichoropyridine (6.1 g, 41.4 mmol) were combined to afford 4-(2-chloro-pyridin-4-yloxy)-2,3- difiuorophenylamine (7 g, 66% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.27 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (m, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.60 (s, 2 H).
[00281] Example A38: A solution of Example A37 (2 g, 7.8 mmol), l-methyl-4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (1.6 g, 7.8 mmol) and Na2C03 (1.65 mg, 15.6 mmol) in DME (12 mL) and H20 (4 mL) was sparged with nitrogen for 20 min. Pd(PPh3)4 (450 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 70 °C under nitrogen for 16 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was suspended in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel to give 2,3-difluoro-4-[2-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-pyridin-4-yloxy]phenylamine (1.3 g, 55% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i e) S 8.40 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 6.96 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.70-6.67 (m, 2 H), 5.62 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 303.2[M+H]+.
[00282] Example A39: Example A23 (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzylamine (50 mL) were combined in a steel bomb and heated to 160 °C for 3h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse prep-HPLC to give N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-(4-amino-3- fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-amine (1.0 g, 35% yield). [00283] A solution of N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2- amine (500 mg, 1.47 mmol) in CH2CI2 (10 mL) was treated with ammonium cerium(IV) nitrate (1.64 g, 2.99 mmol) and the resultant mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was washed with water, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)pyridin-2-amine (250 mg, 77% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 7.73 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.88 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.80 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.68 (m, 1 H), 6.06 (dd, J = 4.5, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.84 (s, 2 H), 5.75 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.08 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m z: 220.3 (M+H+).
[00284] Example A40: A solution of 4-amino-2-methyl-phenol (4.25 g, 34.5 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (50 mL) was degassed in vacuo and blanketed with argon. Potassium tert-butoxide (5.0 g, 44.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed a second time and stirred at RT under argon for 30 min. 2,4-Dichloro-pyridine (4.6 g, 31.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to give 4-(2-chloropyridin-4-yloxy)-3-methylbenzenamine (4.5 g, 56% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.21 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 3 H), 6.45-6.50 (m, 2 H), 5.15 (s, 2 H), 1.92 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 235.1 (M+H+).
[00285] A solution of 4-(2-chloropyridin-4-yloxy)-3-methylbenzenamine (595 mg, 2.54 mmol), l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl)-[l ,3,2] dioxaborolan-2-yl)-4H-pyrazole (790 mg, 3.80 mmol) and Cs2C03 (2.53 g, 7.77 mmol) in 10 mL of DMF (10 mL) and water (3 mL) was de-gassed under vacuum and blanketed with nitrogen. Pd(PPh3)4 (295 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL). The aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL) and the combined organics were washed with brine (10 mL), concentrated in vacuo and purified on silica gel to provide 3-methyl-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo l-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)benzenamine as a pale yellow colored foam (627 mg, 88% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¼): δ 8.27 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.49 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.46-6.40 (m, 2 H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 3.84 (s, 3 H), 1.94 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 281.2 (M+H+).
[00286] Example A41: 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine (1.4 g, 8.8 mmol), 4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol), Na2C03 (2.8 g, 26.4) and Pd(PPh3)4 (500 mg, 0.43 mmol) were combined in a solvent comprised of toluene/EtOH/H20 (4/4/1 , 20 mL). The mixture was degassed by applying a vacuum and backfilling the headspace with argon. The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 100 °C. The insoluble portion was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 2-(methylthio)-4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidine (1.2 g, 71% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.45 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H).
[00287] To a solution of 2-(methylthio)-4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidine (200 mg, 1 mmol) in dichloro methane (3 mL) and H20 (1 mL) was added 4-methoxybenzylchloride (200 mg, 1.28 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and concentrated in vacuo to give crude 4-(l-(4- methoxybenzyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine. !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.50, (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 5.30 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 313 (M+H+).
[00288] To a solution of 4-(l-(4-methoxybenzyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2- (methylthio)pyrimidine (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) in dichloromethane was added m-CPBA (220 mg, 1.28 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hour at RT. Water was added, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organics were washed with brine and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was combined with 3-amino-4-fluorophenol (165 mg, 1.28 mmol) and K2C03 (176 mg, 1.28 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and the resultant mixture was heated at 90 °C overnight. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give 5-(4-(l-(4-methoxybenzyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)- 2-fiuorobenzenamine (210 mg, 84% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-c¼) δ 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.44, (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.98 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 6.52 (dd, J = 2.7, 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (m, 1 H), 5.30 (br s, 2 H), 5.26 (s, 2 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 392.2 (M+H+).
[00289] To a solution of 5-(4-(l-(4-methoxybenzyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2- yloxy)-2-fluorobenzenamine (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added TFA (0.3 mL) at 0 °C and the reaction stirred at RT for 12h. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was washed with ether and treated with saturated ammonia solution. The solid was collected via filtration and dried under vacuum to give 5-(4-(lH-pyrazol-4- yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2-fluorobenzenamine (15 mg, 43% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.44 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (br s, 2 H), 7.40 (d, J = 5.4, 1 H), 7.02 (dd, J = 10.8, 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.73 (dd, J = 2.7, 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.50 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 272.2 (M+H+).
[00290] Example A42: Using a procedure analogous to Example A3, 3-amino-4- fluorophenol (0.127 g, 1.0 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (0.203 g, 1.0 mmol) were combined to afford 2-fluoro-5-(6-nitropyridin-3-yloxy)benzenamine (0.098 g, 39% yield) as a yellow solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.36 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 7.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z: 250.0 (M+H+).
[00291] Example Bl: To a stirring solution of benzyl 6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.991 g, 2.52 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (10 ml) and H20 (2.5 ml) was added NaI04 (1.62 g, 7.56 mmol, 3.00 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min and then treated with 3M HCl (1.68 ml, 5.04 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred for 2.5 h. The supernatant was decanted away from the solids, rinsing forward with THF. The combined organic phases were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC^) and concentrated in vacuo to give crude 2- (benzyloxycarbonyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.640 g, 82% yield) as a foam which was used as is in the next reaction. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 7.68-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.29 (m, 6H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 4.62-4.56 (brm, 2H), 3.65 (brs, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H, J = 5.60 Hz); MS (ESI) m/z: 312.0 (M+H+). [00292] To a stirring suspension of 2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.640 g, 2.06 mmol, 1.00 eq) and 4A MS (0.64 g) in CH2CI2 (20 ml) was added pyridine (0.168 ml, 2.06 mmol, 1.00 eq) followed by ethyl 3-t-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.404 g, 2.06 mmol, 1.00 eq) and Cu(OAc)2 (0.374 g, 2.06 mmol, 1.00 eq). The resulting blue-green mixture was stirred at 25 °C. After 40 h, the mixture was diluted with H20 and decanted away from the molecular sieves. The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with H20 (2x). The combined aqueous phases were extracted with CH2C12 (lx). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford benzyl 6-(3-t-butyl-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4- dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.46 g, 48% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 7.41 -7.28 (m, 5H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.67 (brm, 2H), 4.17 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.66 (brs, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.18 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz); MS (ESI) m/z: 462.3 (M+H+).
[00293] To a stirring solution of benzyl 6-(3-t-butyl-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.160 g, 0.347 mmol) in 1 : 1 : 1 THF/EtOH/H20 (3 ml) at 22 °C was added LiOH H20 (0.0727 g, 1.73 mmol). After 3 h, the completed reaction was acidified (pH 2-3) with 1M HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC^), filtered and evaporated to afford l-(2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-3- t-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.16 g, 106% yield) as an oil which was used without further purification. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 7.41-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.328- 7.20 (m, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.65 (brm, 2H), 3.66 (brs, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.29 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 434.2 (M+H+).
[00294] Example B2: Ethyl 3-t-butyl-l-(2-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)quinolin-6- yl)-;H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.380 g, 0.806 mmol), MeNH2 HCl (0.109 g, 1.61 mmol) and Et3N (0.449 ml, 3.22 mmol) were combined DMF (8 mL) and stirred at RT overnight. Additional portions of MeNH2 HCl (0.109 g, 1.61 mmol) and Et3N (0.449 ml, 3.22 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred an additional 4 h at RT and 3 h at 60 °C. The completed reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc. The extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide ethyl 3-tert- butyl-l-(2-(methylamino)quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (240 mg, 85% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.90 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.92 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.13 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 353.2 (M+H+).
[00295] LiOH H20 (0.143 g, 3.40 mmol ) was added to a solution of ethyl 3-tert-butyl- l-(2-(methylamino)quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.240 g,0.68 mmol) in a mixture of water/THF/EtOH (1 : 1 : 1, 9 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT, diluted with 3 M HC1 and extracted with EtOAc and THF. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSC^) and concentrated under vacuum to obtain 3-tert- butyl-l-(2-(methylamino)quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.22 g, 100% yield). 'H-NMR (DMSO-i/6) δ 7.90 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.88 (brs, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m z: 325.2 (M + H +).
[00296] Example B3: A solution of trifiic anhydride (42.8 g, 0.15 mol) in CH2C12 (lOOmL) was added dropwise to a 0 °C solution of 6-hydroxyquinoline (20.00 g, 0.138 mol) and pyridine (23 g, 0.277 mol) in CH2C12 (500 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3 x 300 mL) and the organic phase was dried (MgSC^) and concentrated under vacuum to afford crude quinolin-6-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (40g, >100% yield) as an oil. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.00 (d, 1 H, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.50 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.21 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (m, 1 H), 7.64 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 277.9 (M+H+).
[00297] To a suspension of quinolin-6-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (40 g, 0.14 mol), benzophenone hydrazone (35.6 g, 0.18 mol), cesium carbonate (74 g, 0.23 mol) and 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (2.5 g, 4.5 mmol) in degassed toluene (1 L) was added palladium acetate (0.013 g, 0.058 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated to 90 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 16 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified via silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/pet ether) to provide l-(diphenylmethylene)-2-(quinolin-6-yl)hydrazine (32 g, 68.6% yield). 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ί/ί) δ 9.22 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 4 H), 7.50 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 6 H); MS (ESI) m z: 324 (M+H+).
[00298] A solution of l-(diphenylmethylene)-2-(quinolin-6-yl)hydrazine (32 g, 99 mmol) and 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-pentanenitrile (26 g, 0.15 mol) in ethanol (500 mL) was treated with cone HCl (80 ml, 12 N, 0.96 mol) and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was washed with Et20 to remove the diphenylketone. The crude product was dissolved in EtOAc and neutralized (pH 8) with saturated Na2C03 solution. The organic layer was dried ( a2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 5-iert-butyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (23 g, 87% yield). Ή-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 8.86 (m, 1 H), 8.39 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.1 1-8.02 (m, 3 H), 7.54 (m, 1 H), 5.46 (s, 1 H), 5.42 (br s, 2 H), 1.23 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m z: 267.2 (M+H+).
[00299] To a cold solution (- 10 °C) of 5-/er/-butyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3- ylamine (8.00 g, 30 mmol) in 100 ml of CH2C12 was added pyridine (8.0 ml, 99 mmol) and DMAP (100 mg), followed by a solution of trichloroethyl chloro formate (8.9 ml, 42 mmol) in 30 ml of CH2C12 over a period of 20 minutes. After stirring for 1 hour, water (100 ml) was added, stirring continued for 10 more minutes and the organic layer separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried and the dark brown residue obtained after removal of the solvent crystallized from acetonitrile to furnish 2,2,2- trichloro ethyl 3-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate as a white solid (8.23 g, 62% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.15 (br s, 1H) 8.93 (m, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H), 8.1 l (m, 2H), 7.90 (dd, J = 8, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 442 (M+H +). [00300] Example B4: Quinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.34 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (30 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) with MS (activated 4A) and stirred at RT for 6 hours. Ethyl 3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.39 g, 2.0 mmol) and copper(II)acetate (0.36 g, 2.0 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at RT for 3 days open to air. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain ethyl 3- tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.21 g, 33% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 324.0 (M+H+).
[00301] Lithium hydroxide (62 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.21 g, 0.65 mmol) in dioxane-H20- EtOH (1 : 1 : 1 , 6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The solution was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in H20 (2 mL). 3M HCl was added and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The solid was dried under vacuum to obtain 3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.18 g, 94% yield) as a white solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 8.96 (dd, J = 2.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (dd, J = 1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 2.8, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 4.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 296.0 (M+H+).
[00302] Example B5: [3-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l -yl)naphthalen-l -yl]acetic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (see WO 2006/071940, 1.60 g, 4.55 mmol) was treated with ammonia in methanol (7 M, 13 mL, 91 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube for 6 days. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was chromatographed to provide 2-(3-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l -yl)naphthalen- l- yl)acetamide (610 mg, 41 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 323.3 (M+H+).
[00303] To a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), ethyl acetate (20 mL) and 2-(3-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)naphthalen-l -yl)acetamide (300 mg, 0.931 mmol) was added Troc-Cl (296 mg, 1.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred vigorously overnight. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the organic phase was separated, washed with 5% citric acid (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to give a solid which was triturated with ethyl acetate and filtered to provide 2,2,2-trichloroethyl l-(4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)naphthalen- 2-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (241 mg, 52% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 499.0 (M+H+).
[00304] Example B6: To a stirring suspension of tert-butyl 5-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-lH-indazole-l-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.250 g, 0.70 mmol) and Troc-Cl (0.10 ml, 0.74 mmol) in EtOAc (7 ml) at RT was added sat'd. NaHC03 (2.9 ml, 2.1 mmol). After 3h, the completed reaction was diluted with hexanes (35 ml) and filtered. The solid was rinsed well with hexanes and dried to afford tert-butyl 5-(3-ieri-butyl-5-((2,2,2-trichloroethoxy)carbonyl)- lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)- 1 H-indazole- 1 - carboxylate (0.36 g, 97% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 532.0 (M+H+).
[00305] Example B7: To a stirring solution of t-butyl 6-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940A2, 0.075 g, 0.20 mmol) and Troc-Cl (0.028 ml, 0.21 mmol) in EtOAc (2 ml) was added sat'd. NaHC03 (0.82 ml, 0.61 mmol). The resulting biphasic solution was stirred at RT overnight. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (lx), dried (MgSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give crude t-butyl 6-(3-t-butyl-5-((2,2,2- trichloroethoxy)carbonyl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.1 10 g, 100% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 9.93 (brs, 1H), 7.29-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.83- 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.52 (brs, 2H), 3.57-3.53 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.79 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 545.0 (M+H+).
[00306] Example B8: A solution of tert-butyl 5 -(5 -amino-3 -tert-butyl- lH-pyrazol-1- yl)-l H-indazole- 1 -carboxylate (see WO 2006/071940 A2, 0.64 g, 1.80 mmol) in EtOAc (6 mL) was treated with 1M aq NaOH (2.7 mL). To the stirring biphasic reaction mixture at 0 °C was added isopropenyl chloroformate (0.26 mL) dropwise over 1 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at RT. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (20 ml). The organic layer was washed with H20 (2x10 ml), brine (10 ml) dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford tert-butyl 5-(3-tert-butyl-5-((prop-l-en-2-yloxy)carbonylamino)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-lH-indazole-l-carboxylate (0.69 g, 87% yield) as a light yellow foam. !H NMR (DMSO-de) δ 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J= 9, 2 Hz 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 4.7 (m, 2H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m z: 440.2 (M+H+).
[00307] Example B9: Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 4-methyl-3-oxo- pentanenitrile (1.5 g, 13.5 mmol) were combined to provide to 3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine. (1.1 g, 36% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.93 (dd, J = 4.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.21-8.18 (m, 2 H), 8.05-8.02 (m, 2 H), 7.44 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.56 (s, 1 H), 3.85 (br s, 2 H), 2.97 (m, 1 H), 1.31 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 253.2 (M+H+).
[00308] Using a procedure analogous to Example B3 3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (0.378 g, 1.5 mmol) was converted to 2,2,2 -trichloroethyl 3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.391 g, 61% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 427.0 (M+H+).
[00309] Example B10: Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 3-oxo-pentanenitrile (1.3 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to yield 5-ethyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (2.5 g, 85% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.87 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (s, 1 H), 8.06-8.03 (m, 2 H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.46 (br s, 2 H), 5.40 (s, 1 H), 2.49 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 1.16 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 239.2 (M+H+).
[00310] Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 5-ethyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H- pyrazol-3-ylamine (0.378 g, 1.5 mmol) was converted to 2, 2 ,2 -trichloroethyl 3-ethyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.287 g, 41% yield) as a white foam. MS (ESI) m/z: 413.0 (M+H+).
[00311] Example Bll: Using a procedure analogous to a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2-(diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (5.0 g, 15.5 mmol) and 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxo-butyronitrile (2.3 g, 16.8 mmol) were combined to yield 2-quinolin- 6-yl-5-trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (2.3 g, 53% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 8.95 (dd, J = 1.5, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.22 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (dd, J = 2.4, 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J = 7.2, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.96 (br s, 2 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 279.2 (M+H+).
[00312] Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 2-quinolin-6-yl-5- trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (0.47 g, 1.7 mmol) was converted to 2,2,2- trichloroethyl l-(quinolin-6-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.333 g, 43% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 453.0 (M+H+).
[00313] Example B12: Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (5.0 g, 15.5 mmol) and 3-cyclopentyl-3- oxopropanenitrile (3.0 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to yield 3-cyclopentyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (2.3 g, 53% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.87 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (dd, J = 1.5, 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 8.04-8.02 (m, 2 H), 7.55 (dd, J = 4.2, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.41 (br s, 2 H), 5.38 (s, 1 H), 2.90 (m, 1 H), 1.85-1.96 (m, 2 H), 1.53-1.70 (m, 6 H); MS (ESI) m z: 279.3 (M+H+).
[00314] Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 3-cyclopentyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (0.418 g, 1.5 mmol) was converted to 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 3- cyclopentyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.394 g, 58% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 453.0 (M+H+).
[00315] Example B13: Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 6-(2- (diphenylmethylene)hydrazinyl)quinoline (4.0 g, 12.3 mmol) and 3-cyclobutyl-3-oxo- propionitrile (1.7 g, 1.1 eq) were combined to provide 5-cyclobutyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H- pyrazol-3-ylamine (1.3 g, 40% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.92 (dd, J = 4.5, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.16-8.20 (m, 2 H), 8.00-8.04 (m, 2 H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.64 (s, 1 H), 3.83 (br s, 2 H), 3.53 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.20 (m, 4 H), 2.08-1.92 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 265.1 (M+H+). [00316] Using a procedure analogous to Example B3, 5-cyclobutyl-2-quinolin-6-yl- 2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (0.396 g, 1.5 mmol) was converted to 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 3- cyclobutyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.412g, 63% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 439.0 (M+H+).
[00317] Example B14: A degassed mixture of ethyl 5-chloro-2-iodobenzoate (0.621 g, 2.00 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.116 mg, 0.1 mmol), quinolin-6-ylboronic acid (0.381 g, 2.2 mmol), K2C03 (0.553 g, 4.0 mmol), dimethoxyethane (20 mL), and water (5 mL) was heated under reflux overnight. Solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with sat'd NH4CI (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford ethyl 5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)benzoate (0.244 g, 39% yield) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 312.0 (M+H+).
[00318] To a stirring solution of ethyl 5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)benzoate (0.244 g, 0.78 mmol) in 1 : 1 : 1 THF/EtOH/H20 (21 ml) at RT was added LiOH-H20 (0.164 g, 3.91 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with H20 (10 mL). The aqueous solution was acidified to pH~4 with 3M HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3x30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (MgSC^) and concentrated to afford 5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)benzoic acid (0.201 g, 91% yield) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z: 284.0 (M+H+).
[00319] To a stirring solution of 5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6-yl)benzoic acid (0.201 g, 0.708 mmol) and TEA (0.148 ml, 1.06 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 ml) at RT, was added DPPA (0.191 ml, 0.244 mmol). After stirring for 30 min at RT, 2,2,2-trichloroethanol (0.680 ml, 7.08 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred with heating at 100 °C for 2 h. The completed reaction was diluted with brine (10 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3x25 ml). The combined organics were washed with 5% citric acid (10 ml), sat'd. NaHC03 (10 ml) and brine (10 ml), dried (MgSO^, concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenylcarbamate (0.25 g, 82% yield) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z: 431.0 (M+H+). [00320] Example B15: 2,2,2-Trichloroethyl 4-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenylcarbamate was prepared from ethyl 4-chloro-2-iodobenzoate using a procedure analogous to Example B14. MS (ESI) m/z: 431.0 (M+H+).
[00321] Example B16: A mixture of 5-nitro-lH-indazole (50 g, 0.31 mol) and 10 % Pd/C (5.0 g) in MeOH (400 mL) was heated under H2 (30 psi) atmosphere overnight. After the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated to give lH-indazol-5-ylamine as a yellow solid (40 g, 97% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 12.50 (br s, 1 H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.77 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.74 (s, 1 H), 4.72 (br s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 134.2 (M+H+).
[00322] To a solution of lH-indazol-5-ylamine (8.0 g, 60.1 mmol) in concentrated HCl (20 mL, 240 mmol) was added an aqueous solution (50 mL) of NaN02 (4.2 g, 60.1 mmol) at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. A solution of SnCl2 '2H20 (27 g, 120 mmol) in cone HCl (30 mL) was then added at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred for an additional 2 h at RT. A solution of 4-methyl-3-oxo-pentanenitrile (8.0 g, 1.1 eq) in ethanol (50 mL) was added and the resultant mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel chromatography to provide 2-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-5-isopropyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (8.5 g, 59% yield, two steps). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) 8.09 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (s, 1 H), 5.12 (s, 2 H), 2.74 (m, 1 H), 1.15 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 242.3 (M+H+).
[00323] A stirring solution of 2-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-5-isopropyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (8.0 g, 33 mmol) in dioxane (80 mL)/10 % NaOH (30 mL) was treated with (Boc)20 (8.6 g, 39.4 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred for 3 h and was then extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to give 5-(5-amino-3-isopropyl-pyrazol-l-yl)- indazole-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (6.8 g, 47%) as a white solid. !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 8.43 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (br s, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.36 (s, 1 H), 5.29 (br s, 2 H), 2.76 (m, 1 H), 1.64 (s, 9 H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6 H). MS (ESI) m/z: 442.2 (M+H+). [00324] A solution of tert-butyl 5-(5-amino-3-isopropyl-l H-pyrazol- l-yl)-lH- indazole- 1 -carboxylate (1.50 g) in EtOAc (15 mL) was treated with 1M aq NaOH (6.8 mL). To the stirred biphasic reaction mixture at 0 °C was added isopropenyl chloroformate (0.64 mL) drop-wise over 1 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with H20 (2x30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried (MgSC^) and concentrated to afford tert-butyl 5-(3- isopropyl-5-((prop- 1 -en-2-yloxy)carbonylamino)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)- 1 H-indazole- 1 - carboxylate (1.90 g, 99% yield) as a white foam. MS (ESI) m z: 425.8 (M+H+).
[00325] Example B17: Using a procedure analogous to Example B16, lH-indazol-5- ylamine (5.0 g, 37.5 mmol) and 3-oxo-pentanenitrile (4.0 g, 1.1 eq) were combined and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 5-ethyl-2-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-2H-pyrazol-3- ylamine (5.2 g, 61% yield, two steps). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.04 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (s, 1 H), 5.13 (br s, 2 H), 2.47 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2 H), 1.14 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m z: 228.3 (M+H+).
[00326] Using a procedure analogous to Example B16, 5-ethyl-2-(lH-indazol-5-yl)- 2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (5.0 g, 22 mmol) was converted to 5-(5-amino-3-ethyl-pyrazol-l- yl)-indazole-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (3.0 g, 42% yield) as a white solid. !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i 6): δ 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.35 (s, 1 H), 5.29 (br s, 2 H), 2.44.
[00327] tert- Butyl 5-(5-amino-3-ethyl- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)- 1 H-indazole- 1 -carboxylate (0.50 g) was converted to tert-butyl 5-(3-ethyl-5-((prop-l-en-2-yloxy)carbonylamino)- 1 H-pyrazol- l-yl)-l H-indazole- 1 -carboxylate (0.55 g, 88% yield) using a procedure analogous to Example 16. MS (ESI) m/z: 412.3 (M+H+).
[00328] Example B18: A solution of N-benzhydrylidene-N'-quinolin-6-yl-hydrazine (32 g, 0.099 mol) in EtOH (500 mL) was treated with cone. HC1 (80 ml, 0.96 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, 5,5-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (26 g, 0.15 mol) was added, and the mixture was heated to 80°C overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was washed with Et20 to afford ethyl 5- tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3-carboxylate hydrochloride (40 g, 0.1 1 mol, 1 12 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 324.1 (M+H+).
[00329] A suspension of ethyl 5-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3- carboxylate hydrochloride (32 g, 0.089 mol) in THF (300 mL) was treated with aqueous LiOH (2 N, 100 mL, 0.20 mmol) and the resultant mixture was heated to 40 °C for 3 hours. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 3 and the resultant precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with cold ether and dried in vacuo to provide 5-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (21 g, 71% yield). ¾-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c¼) δ 9.03 (m, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 1.17 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 296.3 (M+H+).
[00330] Example B19: A solution of sodium nitrite (502 mg, 7.27 mmol) in H20 (8 ml) was added dropwise to a well-stirred 0 °C mixture of 2-methylquinolin-6-amine (1.00 g, 6.32 mmol) in cone. HC1 (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h. Tin(II)chloride dihydrate (6.13 g, 27.2 mmol) in cone. HC1 (8 ml) was added and stirring was continued at 0 °C for 1 h and then RT for 2h. Ethanol (60 ml) and 4,4-dimethyl-3- oxopentanenitrile (1.03 g, 8.22 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The completed reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The mixture was cooled in an ice/water bath and made basic (pH~8) with solid sodium hydroxide. The solution was filtered through Celite, and the filter cake was washed with water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4), and concentrated to yield a foam. The foam was stirred in ether (50 mL) and allowed to stand for several hours. The resultant solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to yield 3-tert-butyl-l-(2- methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (428 mg, 24% yield). MS (ESI) m z: 281.2 (M+H+).
[00331] A solution of 3-tert-butyl-l-(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (420 mg, 1.50 mmol) in CH2C12 (15 mL) was treated with pyridine (592 mg, 7.49 mmol) and TROC-C1 (333 mg, 1.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h, then washed with 5% citric acid (2 x 20 mL), saturated aq NaHC03 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated to provide a mixture of 2,2,2- trichloroethyl 3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (73% yield) contaminated with 16% of the bis-Troc aduct. The mixture was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 456.5 (M+H+).
[00332] Example B20: Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-ylboronic acid (0.200 g, 1.23 mmol) and ethyl 3-tert-butyl- lH-pyrazole-5- carboxylate (0.267 g, 1.36 mmol) were combined to afford ethyl 3-tert-butyl- 1- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.0355g, 9% yield) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m z: 313.2 (M+H+).
[00333] Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, ethyl 3-tert-butyl- 1- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.071 g, 0.23 mmol) was converted to 3-tert-butyl- l-(imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.0643 g, 99% yield) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z: 285.0 (M+H+).
[00334] Example B21: Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-ylboronic acid (0.500 g, 3.09 mmol) and ethyl 3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazole-5- carboxylate (0.619 g, 3.40 mmol) were combined to afford ethyl 3-isopropyl-l- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.098 g, 11% yield) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 299.3 (M+H+).
[00335] Using a procedure analogous to Example B4, ethyl 3-isopropyl-l- (imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.098 g, 0.33 mmol) was converted to 3-isopropyl-l-(imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.087 g, 98% yield) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z: 271.0 (M+H+).
[00336] Example B22: To a stirring suspension of 6-aminobenzothiazole (0.500 g,
3.33 mmol) in cone. HC1 (5 ml) at 0-5 °C was added a solution of NaN02 (0.276 g, 3.99 mmol) in H20 (5 ml). The mixture was stirred at 0-5 °C for 75 min until a clear yellow solution was obtained. To this was then added a solution of SnCl2-2H20 (2.76 g, 13.3 mmol) in cone. HC1 (5 ml). After completing the addition, the suspension was stirred at RT for 2h. 4-Methyl-3-oxopentanenitrile (0.444 g, 3.99 mmol) and EtOH (50 ml) were added and the reaction was stirred with heating at 75 °C. After 18 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT and concentrated to an aqueous residue. This was chilled thoroughly in ice and made strongly basic (pH 12-13) by the addition of 6M NaOH. While still cold the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organics were washed with H20 (2x), brine (lx), dried (MgSO^, filtered and evaporated to afford crude l-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (0.8 g, 93% yield) as an oil which was used as is in the next reaction. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 9.36 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H); 8.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 2.4 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (s, 1H), 5.33 (brs, 2H), 2.76 (septet, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 259.0 (M+H+).
[00337] To a stirring solution of l-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5- amine (0.80 g, 3.1 mmol) and pyridine (0.51 ml, 6.2 mmol) in CH2C12 (30 ml) at RT was added Troc-Cl (0.51 ml, 3.7 mmol). After 2 h, the completed reaction was washed with 10%) CuS04 (2x), H20 (lx), brine (lx), dried (MgS04), evaporated and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 1- (benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamat (0.31 g, 23% yield) as an oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 433.0 (M+H+), 435.0 (M+2+H+).
[00338] Example B23: l -Methyl-5-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole (prepared as described in WO 2005/092899; 1.14 g, 6.43 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) was stirred under H2 (1 atm) at RT in the presence of 10% Pd/C (50 wt% H20, 1.37 g, 0.643 mmol). After 18 h, the completed reaction was filtered on Celite, rinsing forward with EtOH. The combined filtrates were concentrated to afford crude 1 -methyl- lH-benzo[d]imidazol-5- amine (1.02 g, 108% yield) as a dark orange oil which was used as is in the next reaction. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 2.0 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (brs, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 148.0 (M+H+).
[00339] Using a procedure analogous to Example B22, 1 -methyl- 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-5-amine (0.50 g, 3.4 mmol), NaN02 (0.28 g, 4.1 mmol), SnCl2-2H20 (2.8 g, 14 mmol) and 4-methyl-3-oxopentanenitrile (0.45 g, 4.1 mmol) were combined to afford crude 3-isopropyl- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-benzo [d]imidazol-5-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-amine (0.63 g, 73% yield) as a foam which was used as is in the next reaction. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ί/ί): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 0.40 andl .2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 0.40 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 2.0 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 5.08 (brs, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.75 (septet, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 250.0 (M+H+).
[00340] Using a procedure analogous to Example B22, 3-isopropyl- 1-(1 -methyl- 1H- benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (0.63 g, 2.5 mmol) was converted to 2,2,2- trichloroethyl 3-isopropyl- 1-(1 -methyl- lH-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- ylcarbamate (0.5 g, 47% yield) and isolated as an oil. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 9.86 (brs, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.67 (brs, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, J = 2.0 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.90 (septet, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 430.0 (M+H+), 432.0 (M+2+H+).
[00341] Example B24: To a stirring solution of l-(2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid from Example Bl (0.320 g, 0.738 mmol, 1.0 eq) and TEA ( 0.118 ml, 0.849 mmol, 1.15 eq) in 1 ,4- dioxane (7.5 ml) at 20 °C was added DPPA (0.183 ml, 0.849 mmol, 1.15 eq). After 30 min, 2,2,2-trichloroethanol (1.0 ml, 10.4 mmol, 14 eq) was added and the reaction was stirred with heating at 100 °C. After 4 h, the completed reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organics were washed with 5% citric acid (lx), satd. NaHC03 (lx) and brine (lx), dried (MgSO^, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford benzyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-((2,2,2- trichloroethoxy)carbonyl)amino-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)- carboxylate (0.260 g, 61% yield) as an oil. MS (ESI) m/z: 579.0 (M+H+), 581.0 (M+2+H+).
[00342] Example B25: Using the procedure of Example B26, 3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine from Example B9 (l .OOg, 4.0 mmol), lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M in THF, 7.9 mL, 7.9 mmol) and isopropenyl chloro formate (0.48 mL, 4.4 mmol) were combined to provide prop-l-en-2-yl 3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.85 g, 65% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 337.2 (M+H+).
[00343] Example B26: A solution of 5-ieri-butyl-2-quinolin-6-yl-2H-pyrazol-3- ylamine from Example B3 (1.00 g, 3.8 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was cooled to -78 °C and treated with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M in THF, 7.5 mL, 7.5 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. Isopropenyl chloroformate (0.45 mL, 0.41 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at -78 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was quenched at -78 °C with aq HCl (2 N, 4 mL, 8 mmol), was warmed to RT and partitioned between water (200 mL) and EtOAc (200mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide prop-l-en-2-yl 3 -tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.5 g, 38% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 351.2 (M+H+).
[00344] Example B27: 4-Fluoro-3-nitrophenylboronic acid (0.9 g, 4.9 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) with MS (activated 4A) and dried for 6 hours. A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenylboronic acid, tert-butyl 3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.9 mmol), copper(II) acetate (0.88 g, 4.9 mmol) and molecular sieves (4A activated, powder) was stirred at RT for 7 days open to the air. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane) to obtain tert- butyl l-(4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.74 g, 44% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 350.3 (M+H+).
[00345] To a solution of tert-butyl l-(4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl)-3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.74 g, 2.1 mmol) in THF/water (12 mL) was added LiOH (300 mg, 13 mmol) and H202 (30%wt, 0.96 mL). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 60 °C. Na2S203 solution was added until the peroxide test (starch-iodide paper) was negative. Acetic acid was added until the pH was 4-5. The solution was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain tert- butyl l-(4-hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.27 g, 37% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 348.3 (M+H+).
[00346] To a solution of tert-butyl l -(4-hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)-3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.27 g, 0.78 mmol) in ethyl acetate/methanol (1 : 1 , 10 mL) was added palladium on carbon (30 mg) and the mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) overnight under Parr. The solution was filtered and washed with methanol. The combined filtrate was concentrated to afford tert-butyl l-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxylate. The crude tert-butyl l-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-isopropyl- lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylate was treated with 25% TFA in CH2CI2 (2 mL) and stirred overnight at RT. The solvent was evaporated to obtain l -(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-tert- butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid. To a solution of l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-tert- butyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid in xylenes (3 mL) was added tri ethyl orthoformate (0.16 mL, 0.96 mmol) and a catalytic amount of PPTS. The reaction mixture was heated at 140 °C for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was treated with methylene chloride with stirring for 1 hour. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with methylene chloride to obtain l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-isopropyl- lH-pyrazole-5- carboxylic acid (0.1 g, 45% yield: for three steps). MS (ESI) m z: 272.0 (M+H+).
[00347] Example B28: In toluene (8 mL) was placed 1-
(diphenylmethylene)hydrazine (1.00 g, 5.10 mmol), palladium acetate (10.4 mg, 0.0464 mmol) and 2-(diphenylphosphino)- 1 -(2-(diphenylphosphino)naphthalen- 1 -yl)naphthalene (44 mg, 0.0696 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 100 °C under Ar for 5 min and then cooled to RT. To this dark purple solution was added 6-bromoquinoxaline (970 mg, 4.64 mmol), sodium t-butoxide (624 mg, 6.50 mmol) and toluene (2 mL). The reaction was placed under Ar and warmed to 100 °C for 5 hrs, cooled to RT and stirred overnight. The reaction was diluted with ether (50 mL) and water (30 mL) and filtered through a Celite pad. The pad was washed with ether (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give l-(diphenylmethylene)-2- (quinoxalin-6-yl)hydrazine (305 mg, 20% yield) as a bright yellow foam. !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 7.35-7.41 (m, 5 H), 7.51-7.53 (m, 2 H), 7.58-7.65 (m, 3 H), 7.75 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 2 H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 9.60 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 325.0 (M+H+).
[00348] In ethanol (10 mL) was placed l-(diphenylmethylene)-2-(quinoxalin-6- yl)hydrazine (300 mg, 0.925 mmol), pivaloylacetonitrile (156 mg, 1.25 mmol) and p- toluenesulfonic acid hydrate (704 mg, 3.70 mmol). The reaction was brought to reflux and stirred overnight. The reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with IN NaOH (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (Si-25 column, ethyl acetate /hexanes) to give a tan foam, identified as 3-tert-butyl- l-(quinoxalin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (57 mg, 23% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 268.2 (M+H+).
[00349] Example B29: To a solution of phenethylamine (60.5 g, 0.5 mol) and Na2C03 (63.6 g, 0.6 mol) in EtOAc/H O (800 mL, 4: 1) was added ethyl chloroformate, dropwise, (65.1 g, 0.6 mol) at 0 °C during a period of lh. The mixture was warmed to RT and stirred for an additional lh. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with H20 and brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography to afford ethyl phenethylcarbamate (90.2 g). !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.32-7.18 (m, 5 H), 4.73 (brs, 1H), 4.14-4.08 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.79 (t, J =6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.26-1.21 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
[00350] A suspension of ethyl phenethylcarbamate (77.2 g, 40 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (300 mL) was heated to 140- 160 °C and stirred for 2.5h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, carefully poured into ice-H20 and stirred for lh. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x300 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H20, 5% K2C03 and brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography to afford 3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (24 g). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 7.91 (brs, 1H), 7.83 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H,), 7.43 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.87 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H). [00351] To an ice-salt bath cooled mixture of cone. HNO3 and cone. H2SO4 (200 mL, 1 : 1) was added 4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (15 g, 0.102 mol) dropwise over 15 min. After stirring for 2h, the resulting mixture was poured into ice-H20 and stirred for 30 min. The precipitate was filtered, washed with H20, and dried in air to afford 7-nitro- 3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (13 g). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH,), 8.31 (d, J =2.4 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J =2.4 Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J =8.4 Hz, IH), 3.44-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.04 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H).
[00352] A suspension of 7-nitro-3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (1 1.6 g, 60 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (1.2 g,) in MeOH was stirred overnight at RT under H2 (40 psi). The mixture was filtered through Celite® and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum to afford 8.2 g of 7-amino-3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l -one, which was used without further purification.
[00353] To a suspension of 7-amino-3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l -one (8.1 g, 50 mmol) in cone. HC1 (100 mL) in an ice-H20 bath was added a solution of NaN02 (3.45 g, 50 mmol) in H20 dropwise at such a rate that the reaction mixture never rose above 5 °C. A solution of SnCl2-2H20(22.5 g, 0.1 mol) in cone. HC1 (150 mL) was added dropwise after 30 min. The resulting mixture was stirred for another 2h at 0 °C. The precipitate was collected by suction, washed with ether to afford 7-hydrazino-3,4-dihydro-2H- isoquinolin-l-one (8.3 g), which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
[00354] A mixture of 7-hydrazino-3,4-dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l -one (8.0 g, 37.6 mmol) and 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-pentanenitrile (5.64 g, 45 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) and cone. HC1 (10 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After removal of the solvent, the residue was washed with ether to afford 7-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydro- 2H-isoquinolin-l -one hydrochloride as a yellow solid (1 1.5 g, 96% yield), which was used without further purification.
[00355] To a solution of 7-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l -yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- isoquinolin-l-one hydrochloride (0.5 g, 1.76 mmol) in CH2C12 (25 mL) were added pyridine (0.22 mL) and trichloroethyl chloroformate (0.27 mL) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred overnight at RT. LCMS showed the reaction was incomplete. Pyridine (0.25 mL) and TROC-C1 (0.25 mL) were added and then the mixture stirred at RT for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2, the organic layer was washed with 3M HC1 and brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and hexane was added. The solid was filtered to obtain 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 3-tert- butyl- 1-( 1-oxo-l ,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-ylcarbamate (0.46 g, 57% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 458.0 (M+H+).
[00356] Example B30: To a solution of 7-(5-amino-3-t-butyl-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-isoquinolin-l-one hydrochloride from Example B29 (20 g, 0.070 mol) in THF (400 mL) was added LAH (15 g, 0.395 mol) in portions at 0-5 °C. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight, followed by the addition of 10% NaOH solution. After stirring for lh at RT, Boc20 (23g, 0.106 mol) was added and the solution stirred overnight. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to give 7-(5-amino-3-t-butyl- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydro-iH-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester (12 g, 75% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 3.52 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.17 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 371(M+H+).
[00357] To a stirring solution of tert-butyl 7-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)- 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.50 g, 1.35 mmol) and Troc-Cl (0.19 ml, 1.38 mmol) in EtOAc (15 mL) was added satd. NaHC03 (2.75 ml, 2.02 mmol). The resulting biphasic mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h. The layers were separated and the organic washed with sat'd. NaHC03 (lx) and brine (lx), dried ( a2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to obtain tert-butyl 7-(3-tert-butyl-5-((2,2,2- trichloroethoxy)carbonyl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.69 g, 94% yield). MS (ESI) m z: 545.0 (M+H+).
[00358] Example 1: A solution of Example B3 ( 7.0 g, 15.8 mmol ), Example A2 ( 4.14 g, 15.8 mmol ) and DIEA ( 4.5 g, 34.9 mmol ) in DMSO ( 70 ml) was heated in an oil-bath at 70 °C for 8 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into water (500 ml), stirred overnight and the solids were separated by filtration. Successive crystallization of the crude product from toluene and acetone provided l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea as a white crystalline solid (4.06 g, 46% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.90 (m, 2H), 8.79 (m, 1H), 8.52 (m, 2H), 8.2 (m, 3H), 7.96 (dd, J = 9, 2Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8, 4Hz, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 1H), 7.30(dd, J = 3, 12Hz, 1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 2.80(d, J = 5 Hz), 1.32(s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 554 (M+H+). The free base was treated with 0.1 M HC1 to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea bis hydrochloride salt as a pale yellow fluffy solid (2.40 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.26 (m, 2H), 9.10 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H), 8.85 (m, 1H), 8.55 (m,2H), 8.46 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J = 9, 2Hz, 1H), 8.1 l(t, J = 9Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, dd, J = 9, 2Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 3Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J = 3, 12Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 3, 6Hz, 1H), 7.04 (brd, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 2.80 (d, J = 4.5 Hz), 1.33 (s, 9H).
[00359] Example2: Example Bl (142 mg, 0.33 mmol) and Et3N (0.15 mL, 0.72 mmol) were combined in dioxane (3 mL). DPPA (0.13 mL, 0.59 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 90 min. Example A2 (94 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added and the resultant mixture was heated to 95 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography to provide benzyl 6-(3- tert-butyl-5-(3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)ureido)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (95 mg, 42% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.00 (br s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 8.79 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.52 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.40-7.28 (m, 10 H), 7.17 (dd, J= 5.6, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 4.66 (m, 2 H), 3.68 (m, 2 H), 2.91 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.79 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3 H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 692.2 (M+H+).
[00360] A solution of benzyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)ureido)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)-3 ,4- dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (93 mg, 0.13 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) was treated with 10% Pd/C (50% wet, 74 mg, 0.03 mmol) and formic acid (88%, 0.60 mL, 14 mmol). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred for 90 min and filtered through Celite, washing forward with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified on silica gel to provide l -(3-tert-butyl-l -(l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (42 mg, 56% yield). The product was treated with aqueous HC1 (0.1 M, 0.75 mL) to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l - (l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.38 (br s, 2 H), 9.10 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.80 (m, 1 H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.46-7.34 (m, 4 H), 7.32 (dd, J = 1 1.6, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (m, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 6.39 (s, 1 H), 4.33 (br s, 2 H), 3.40 (2 H obscured by H20), 3.09 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.79 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 3 H), 1.28 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 558.3 (M+H+).
[00361] Example 3: Using general method A, Example B4 (80 mg, 0.27 mmol), Example Al (0.18 g, 0.68 mmol), triethyl amine (30 mg, 0.30 mmol), and DPPA (82 mg, 0.30 mmol) were combined to yield l -(3-tert-butyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- (3-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea which was treated with 3M HCl/EtOAc to obtain its HC1 salt (125 mg, 78% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- de): δ 9.79 (brm, 1H), 9.16 (brm, 1H), 9.05 (brm, 1H), 8.93 (brm, 1H), 8.79 (brm, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (brm, 1H), 8.33 (brm, 1H), 8.22 (brm, 1H), 7.91 (brm, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 2.4, and 14.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (brm, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 2.79 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 554.2 (M+H+).
[00362] Example 4: To a solution of Example B8 (0.132 g, 0.30 mmol) in THF (1.0 ml) were added Example A2 (0.083g, 0.315 mmol) and 1 -methyl pyrrolidine (2.6 mg, 0.03 mmol). The mixture was heated at 55 °C overnight. Solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (4.5 ml), to which 3M HCl/EtOAc (1.3 ml, 3.8 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT overnight, followed by heating at 55 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, diluted with sat'd. NaHC03 (7 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3x20 ml). The combined organic layers was washed with sat'd. NaHC03 (7 ml), H20 (7 ml) and brine (7ml), dried (MgS04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (80 mg, 49% yield) as a white solid. This was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !H NMR (DMSO-i/6) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.99 (m, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.18 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H ), 7.49 (dd, J= 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J = 6.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.47(s, 1H), 2.81 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 543.2 (M+H+).
[00363] Example 5: Using general method A, Example B4 (80 mg, 0.27 mmol) and Example A6 (99 mg, 0.38 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (149 mg, 99% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.08 (s, 1 H), 8.97 (dd, J = 4.1, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.77 (q, J = 4.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 8.51-8.48 (m, 2 H), 8.20 -8.16 (m, 2 H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.9, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.5, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (m, 1 H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.47 (s, 1 H), 2.78 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 3 H), 2.04 (s, 3 H), 1.33 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 550.2 (M+H+).
[00364] Example 6: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.19 g, 0.43 mmol) and Example A7 (0.11 g, 0.43 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea hydrochloride (0.160 g, 64% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 9.55 (s, 1H), 9.27-9.24 (m, 2H), 9.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.56-8.54 (m, 2 H), 8.46 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.13 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 1 1.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dq, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 540.3 (M+H+).
[00365] Example 7: Example B3 (0.12 g, 0.27 mmol), Example A9 (63 mg, 0.27 mmol) and DIEA (77 mg, 0.60 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) and heated overnight at 50-55 °C. Water was added (50 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane) to obtain l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea. The solid was treated with 0.100M HC1 (2 equiv.) to obtain and l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (52 mg, 32% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.23 (brs, 1H), 9.17 (brs, 1H), 9.06 (brm, 1H), 8.66 (brm, 1H), 8.53 (brs, 1H), 8.0 - 8.3 (m, 4H), 7.92 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J = 2.8, and 1 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.18 (brs, 1H), 2.88 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H); LC- MS (EI) m/z: 526.2 (M+H+).
[00366] Example 8: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B6 (0.178 g, 0.335 mmol), Example A10 (0.0840 g, 0.352 mmol) and DIEA (0.0701 ml, 0.402 mmol) were combined, purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) and purified a second time by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/CH2Cl2) to afford t- butyl 5-(3-t-butyl-5-(3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-lH-pyrazol-
1- yl)-lH-indazole-l-carboxylate (0.0486 g, 23% yield) as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-ί ί) δ 8.52 (brd, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.35-8.32 (m, 2H), 8.24 (dt, 1H, J = 0.8 and 8.8 Hz), 8.818 (dd, 1H, J = 2.8 and 6.8 Hz), 7.22 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8 and 10.8 Hz), 6.81 (ddd, 1H, J = 3.2, 4.0 and 8.8 Hz), 1.73 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 620.2 (M+H+).
[00367] The material from the previous step (0.0486 g, 0.078 mmol) and 4M HC1 in dioxane (5.0 ml) were combined at RT. A little MeOH was added to give a homogeneous solution. The mixture was heated overnight at 40 °C. The completed reaction was concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in MeCN/H20, frozen and lyophilized to afford l-(3-t-butyl-l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-
2- fiuorophenyl)urea (0.0475 g, 103% yield) as the bis-HCl salt. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ί/ί) δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.43-8.42 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.33 (m, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.45- 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 520.2 (M+H+).
[00368] Example 9: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B7 (0.300 g, 0.550 mmol), Example A10 (0.138 g, 0.577 mmol) and DIEA (0.1 15 ml, 0.659 mmol) were combined and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford tert-butyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (0.090 g, 26% yield) as a film. !H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-i¾ δ 8.50 (brs, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.35-8.32 (m, 2H), 8.19- 8.16 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.83-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 4.63 (brs, 2H), 3.68-3.65 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.86 (m,2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 635.2 (M+H+).
[00369] The material from the previous reaction (0.090 g, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) and 4M HC1 in dioxane (5.00 ml) were combined at 22 °C. A little MeOH was added to make the mixture homogeneous. After 2.5 h, the completed reaction was concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in MeCN/H20, frozen and lyophilized to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea (76 mg, 89% yield) as the bis-HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 9.51 (brs, 2H), 9.26 (brs, 1H), 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.42-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.33-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.95-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.29 (m, 4H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 4.32-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.06 (m, 2H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 535.2 (M+H+).
[00370] Example 10: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.150 g, 0.351 mmol) and Example A2 (0.101 g, 0.386 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (0.126 g, 62% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 9.36 (s, 1H), 9.18-9.15 (m, 2H), 8.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.85-8.80 (m, 1H), 8.53 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.79 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 540.3 (M+H+).
[00371] Example 11: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.15 g, 0.363 mmol) and Example A2 (0.100 g, 0.38 mmol) were combined to provide l-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-
(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (0.120 g, 58% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-i ) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 9.21-9.18 (m, 2H), 8.96 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.87-8.82 (m, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J = 9.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J= 5.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dt, J = 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.79 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.64 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 526.2 (M+H+).
[00372] Example 12: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.195 g, 0.441 mmol), Example A10 (0.111 g, 0.464 mmol) and DIEA (0.0923 ml, 0.530 mmol) were combined and purified first by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) and then by reverse phase chromatography (MeCN (w/ 0.1% TFA)/ H20 (w/0.1% TFA)) to provide an aqueous solution of the TFA salt of the desired product. The aqueous residue was treated with satd. NaHC03 (pH 8) and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine (lx), dried (MgSC^), and evaporated to afford product (0.0258 g, 11% yield) as the free base. The free base was treated with certified 0.1N HC1 (0.97 ml, 2.0 eq) to afford l-(3-t-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(5-chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea (0.0262 g, 10% yield) as the bis-HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.22-9.21 (m, 1H), 9.14-9.13 (m, 1H), 8.83-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.42-8.41 (m, 1H), 8.36 (brs, 1H), 8.33-8.29 (m, 2H), 8.15-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 1.30 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 531.0 (M+H+).
[00373] Example 13: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (100 mg, 0.226 mmol), DIEA (73 mg, 0.566 mmol) and Example A18 (63 mg, 0.25 mmol) were combined to yield l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5- (2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (61 mg, 50% yield). !H- NMR (DMSO-i¼) δ 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.86-6.90 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.92-7.98 (m, 2H), 8.20-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, 1H), 8.95 (d, 1H), 9.19-9.20 (m, 1H), 9.28 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z: 544.2 (M+H+).
[00374] Example 14: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.10 g, 0.23 mmol), Example A12 (53 mg, 0.23 mmol) and DIEA (64 mg, 0.50 mmol) were combined and purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain l-(3-tert- butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea TFA salt. The residue was dissolved in 3M HCl and co-evaporated with isopropyl alcohol (3x). EtOAc was added to the residue and the solid was filtered, washed with EtOAc, and dried under vacuum to obtain l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea HCl salt (40 mg, 34% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.15 (brm, 1H), 9.05 (brm, 1H), 8.63 (brm, 1H), 8.32 (brm, 1H), 8.23 (brm, 2H), 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.73 (brm, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J = 9.2,12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (m, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m z: 527.2 (M+H +).
[00375] Example 15: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.120 g, 0.281 mmol) and Example A7 (0.0763 g, 0.309 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (0.101 g, 65% yield). !H NMR (DMSO-c¼) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 9.11-9.08 (m, 2H), 8.77 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.11 (m, 3H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J =11.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z: 526.2 (M+H+).
[00376] Example 16: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (85 mg, 0.19 mmol), Example A13 (42 mg, 0.19 mmol) and DIEA (55 mg, 0.42 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) and heated overnight at 50-55 °C. Water was added (50 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea. The product treated withh 0.1 OM aq HCl solution to obtain l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea salt HCl salt (56 mg, 52% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.38 (brs, 1H), 9.27 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.11 (dd, J = 1.6, and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J = 2.4, and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 3.2, and 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 9.2, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 511.2 (M+H +).
[00377] Example 17: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (213 mg, 0.50 mmol), Example A6 (145 mg, 0.56 mmol) and DIEA (0.09 mL, 0.517 mmol) were combined in DMF (2 mL) to provide l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol- 5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (194 mg, 73% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6): δ 9.07 (s, 1 H), 8.97 (dd, J = 4.2, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.76 (q, J = 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.51-8.48 (m, 2 H), 8.19-8.16 (m, 2 H), 7.97 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.3, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 2 H), 6.43 (s, 1 H), 2.95 (m, 1 H), 2.78 (d, J= 4.9 Hz, 3 H), 2.04 (s, 3 H), 1.28 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 536.2 (M+H+).
[00378] Example 18: mCPBA (1.07 g of -70%, 4.34 mmol) was added to a solution of Example A18 (545 mg, 2.17 mmol) in CH2CI2 (15 mL) and the solution was stirred at RT. The mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3 x 20 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to yield 0.65 g of a tan foam, which proved to be a mixture of the sulfoxide and sulfone, and which was used as is. In 2. ON methylamine/THF (22 mL) was placed the crude sulfoxide/sulfone mixture (0.61 g, 2.2 mmol) with stirring overnight at 40 °C. The mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL), washed with 5% citric acid (25 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried (Na2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield 4-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyrimidin-2- amine trifluoroacetic acid salt (301 mg, 60% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 235.0 (M+H+).
[00379] In DMSO (2 mL) was placed Example B3 (159 mg, 0.359 mmol), DIEA (139 mg, 1.08 mmol) and 4-(3-amino-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyrimidin-2-amine trifluoroacetic acid salt (150 mg, 0.431 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 50 °C overnight, then diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL), washed with 5% citric acid (50 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography to yield l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (93 mg, 49% yield). ¾-NMR (DMSO-i¾ 1.31 (s, 9H), 2.54-2.86 (br d, 3H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.57-6.61 (br m, 1H), 6.91-6.93 (br m, 1H), 7.32-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.94-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.23- 8.33 (m, 2H), 8.40 (d, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.98 (d, 1H), 9.19-9.21 (m, 1H), 9.43-9.47 (br m, 1H), 9.68-9.73 (br m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z: 527.2 (M+H+).
[00380] Example 19: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (85 mg, 0.20 mmol), Example A9 (46 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIEA (57 mg, 0.44 mmol) were combined in DMSO (1 mL) to obtain l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea. The product was treated with 0.100M aq HC1 solution to obtain l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea HC1 salt (52 mg, 48% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 9.14 (brs, 1H), 8.98 (dd, J = 1.2, and 4.0 Hz , 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (brs, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J= 2.4, and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 4.0, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 2.4, and 11.6 Hz , 1H), 7.07 (dd, J= 1.2, and 8.8 Hz , 1H), 6.60 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 6.17 (brs, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.87 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (d, J= 6.8 Hz , 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 512.3 (M+H +).
[00381] Example 20: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.13 g, 0.314 mmol), Example A7 (0.086 g, 0.346 mmol) and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (1.5 mL) and the mixture was heated at 55 °C overnight to afford 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.088 g, 55% yield). This was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HCl (4.0 M HCl/dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !H NMR (DMSO-c¼) δ 9.37 (s, 1H), 9.18-9.15 (m, 2H), 8.90 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.12 (m, 3 H), 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J= 12, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J= 5.2, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.64 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 512.3 (M+H+).
[00382] Example 21: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (198 mg, 373 mmol), DIEA (121 mg, 0.933 mmol) and Example A21 (1 17 mg, 0.448 mmol) were combined to yield l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5- (6-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea (140 mg, 67% yield) as the hydrochloride salt. 1H-NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.81 (d, 3H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.81- 6.83 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.91-8.02 (m, 3H), 8.19-8.21 (m, 1H), 8.34-8.43 (m, 3H), 8.65-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.91 (d, 1H), 9.17-9.19 (m, 1H), 9.28 (br s, 1H), 9.44 (s, 1H); MS (ESI) m z: 554.2 (M+H+).
[00383] Example 22: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B14 (0.125 g, 0.291 mmol) and Example A7 (0.079 g, 0.320 mmol) were combined to provide l-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(5-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (0.070 g, 43% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 9.20 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 9.04 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.52 (m, 2H), 8.36 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.17 (m, 2H), 8.02 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.31- 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.20 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z: 528.0 (M+H+).
[00384] Example 23: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (35 mg, 0.02 mmol), Example A14 (47 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIEA were combined in DMSO and heated overnight at 60 °C to obtain l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-methoxypyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea HCl salt (54 mg, 49% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6) δ 9.35 (brs, 1H), 9.13 (brs, 1H), 8.85 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.35 (dd, J = 1.6, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (m , 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (brs, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 4.31 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.22 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 556.3 (M+H+).
[00385] Example 24: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B19 (150 mg, 0.329 mmol) and Example A2 (94 mg, 0.362 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloride (113 mg, 60% yield). !H- NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 1.33 (s, 9 H), 2.79 (d, 3 H), 3.00 (s, 3 H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 7.02-7.04 (m, 1 H), 7.19-7.20 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1 H), 8.07-8.09 (m, 1 H), 8.34-8.37 (m, 1 H), 8.50-8.57 (m, 3 H), 8.85-8.87 (m, 1 H), 9.10 (d, 1 H), 9.29 (s, 1 H), 9.61 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 568.2 (M+H+).
[00386] Example 25: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (120 mg, 0.28 mmol), Example A20 (80 mg, 0.29 mmol), and DIEA (110 mg, 0.84 mmol) were combined to yield l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride (62 mg, 40% yield). !H- NMR (DMSO-ί ί) δ 1.25 (d, 6H), 2.93 (pen, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 6.85-6.88 (m, 1H), 7.32- 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.96-7.98 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.18 (m, 1H), 8.33 (d, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, 1H), 9.15-9.16 (m, 1H), 9.28 (s, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H); MS (ESI) m z: 551.2 (M+H+).
[00387] Example 26: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.200 g, 0.468 mmol) and Example A15 (0.113 g, 0.491 mmol) were combined to provide 1 -(4-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.238 g, 100%). MS (ESI) m/z: 508.3 (M+H+)
[00388] l-(4-(2-Cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.108 g, 0.221 mmol) and N-acetylcysteine (0.072 g, 0.441 mmol) were dissolved in MeOH (0.3 mL). Ammonium acetate (0.041 g, 0.0.529 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C under N2 overnight. The completed reaction was diluted with H20 (10 ml), basified by K2C03, extracted with EtOAc (2x30 mL) and THF (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford 1 -(4-(2-carbamimidoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -
(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.019 g, 17% yield) as a white solid. This was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HCl (4.0 M HCl/dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !H NMR (DMSO-i¾ δ 9.57 (s, 2H), 9.36-9.34 (m, 2H), 9.20 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 9.09 (dd, J = 4.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.97-2.93 (m, 1H), 1.28 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m z: 525.3 (M+H+).
[00389] Example 27: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B7 (159 mg, 0.291 mmol), DIEA (45 mg, 0.35 mmol) and Example A34 (74 mg, 0.35 mmol) were combined to give tert-butyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(3-cyano-5-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)ureido)-l H-pyrazol- l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (83 mg, 47% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 608.3 (M+H+).
[00390] In CH2C12 (8 mL) was placed tert-butyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(3-cyano-5- (pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)ureido)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)-3 ,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2( 1 H)- carboxylate (83 mg, 0.14 mmol). HCl (g) was bubbled into reaction mixture until the solution was saturated and the solution was then stirred at RT for 4 hrs. Concentration in vacuo gave a solid which was triturated with ether (10 mL). The solid was collected by filtration, washed with ether (2 mL) and dried to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-cyano-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloric acid salt (69 mg, 93% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 1.26 (s, 9 H), 3.06-3.09 (m, 2 H), 3.35-3.40 (m, 2 H), 4.28-4.30 (m, 2 H), 6.33 (s, 1 H), 7.23-7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.31-7.34 (m, 1 H), 7.39-7.47 (m, 4 H), 7.63-7.67 (m, 2 H), 7.77-7.78 (m, 1 H), 8.52-8.54 (m, 1 H), 8.59 (m, 1 H), 8.93 (s, 1 H), 9.42-9.43 (m, 2 H), 10.16 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 527.2 (M+H+).
[00391] Example 28: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A35 (95 mg, 0.428 mmol), DIEA (158 mg, 1.22 mmol) and Example B3 (180 mg, 0.407 mmol) were combined to give l-(5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea hydrochloride salt (102 mg, 48% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 1.31 (s, 9 H), 6.46 (s, 1 H), 6.65 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.91- 6.94 (m, 1 H), 7.32-7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.91-7.94 (m, 1 H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 1 H), 8.20-8.23 (m, 1 H), 8.31-8.33 (m, 1 H), 8.36-8.39 (m, 1 H), 8.45-8.46 (m, 1 H), 8.92-8.94 (m, 1 H), 9.18 (m, 1 H), 9.45 (m, 1 H), 9.66 (s, 1 H), NH2 missing; MS (ESI) m z: 513.3 (M+H+).
[00392] Example 29: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.200 g, 0.468 mmol) and Example A15 (0.113 g, 0.491 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.179 mL, 0.1.03 mmol) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.238 g, 100%) as a colorless oil. It was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.19 (s, 1H), 9.09-9.08 (m, 2H), 8.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.0, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 508.3 (M+H+).
[00393] Example 30: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 ( 0.2 g, 0.453 mmol ) and Example A29 (0.158 g, 0.453 mmol ) were combined in DMSO ( 4 mL) at 70 °C in presence of DIEA ( 0.176 g, 1.36 mmol ) to provide l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fiuorophenyl)urea (0.12g, 43% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.02 (brs, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (m, 3H), 7.27 (dd, J = 8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.89 (brd, J = 9.0Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J = 12, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.60 ( m, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 0.85 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m z: 641.3 (M+H +).
[00394] A solution of l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-((tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fiuorophenyl)urea (0.12 g, 0.19 mmol) in THF (2 ml) was treated with TBAF (1.0 ml, 1.0 M solution in THF) at RT for 1 hour.
Water (10 ml) was added and the separated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried to give desilylated product l-(3-tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2- fluoro-4-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea as a white solid (0.090g, 91 % yield). lH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.01 (brs, 1H), 8.97 (dd, J = 4.2, 1.6 Hz, 2H),
8.50 (brd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J = 5.5Hz, 2H), 8.18 (m, 2H), 7.97 (dd, J = 9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 9, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J = 12, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J = 5.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 5.40 (t, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 527.2 (M+H +). The free base was converted to hydrochloride salt. lH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.31 (brs, 1H), 9.23 (m, 1H),
9.07 (dd, J = 4.2, 1.6 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 8.70 (brd, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 2H), 8.32 (d, J = 2Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J = 9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 8, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 4,77 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 527.2 (M+H +).
[00395] Example 31: Using a procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B25 (0.30 g, 0.89 mmol) and Example A31 (0.26 g, 0.98 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea (0.26 g, 54% yield). The product was treated with methanesulfonic acid to afford 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea mesylate salt (260 mg, 88% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 9.03 (m, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.96 (dd, J = 1.6, and 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (brd, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (brm, 1H), 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J = 2.8, and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 4.4, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 2.8, and 1 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J = 2.4, and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 6.09 (brs, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 540.3 (M+H+).
[00396] Example 32: Using general method A, Example B20 (0.0643 g, 0.226 mmol) and Example A7 (0.168 g, 0.678 mmol) were combined to afford l -(3-tert-butyl- l-(imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea (0.071 g, 59%) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding HCl salt by reacting with HC1 (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.48 (s, 1H), 9.33 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 9.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.09 (m, 4H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J= 9.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 529.3 (M+H+).
[00397] Example 33: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) and Example A12 (55 mg, 0.23 mmol) in presence of DIEA (90 \L, 0.51 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (30 mg, 25% yield). The product was treated with methanesulfonic acid to afford l-(2-fluoro-5-(6- (hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5- yl)urea mesylate salt (23 mg, 65% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.1 1 (brs, 1H), 9.10 (m, 1H), 9.06 (m, 1H), 8.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J = 2.4, and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J = 2.8, and 6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 4.8, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 513.3(M+H+).
[00398] Example 34: Using a procedure analogous to Example B19 step 2, Example A2 (1.00 g, 3.83 mmol) and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonochloridate (1.30 g, 6.12 mmol) were combined to give 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenylcarbamate. MS (ESI) m/z: 436.0, 438.0 (M+H).
[00399] A solution of Example B28 (57 mg, 0.213 mmol), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2- fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenylcarbamate (102 mg, 0.235 mmol) and DIEA (110 mg, 0.853 mmol) in DMSO (1.5 mL) was placed was warmed to 60 °C overnight. It was then treated with additional 2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenylcarbamate (-200 mg), warmed to 60 °C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and 5% citric acid (20 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (Si-25 column, MeOH/EtOAc) to afford impure product. Repurification via reverse phase chromatography (CI 8-25 column, CH3CN/H2O) gave a residue which was treated with IN sodium hydroxide (3 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate ( 2 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), concentrated in vacuo and treated with 4N HCl/dioxane (0.1 mL) to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinoxalin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea hydrochloric acid salt (14 mg, 12% yield). !H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /e) δ 1.31 (s, 9 H), 2.77 (d, 3 H), 6.47 (s, 1 H), 7.00-7.05 (m, 1 H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.28 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.65 (m, 1 H), 8.08-8.13 (m, 2 H), 8.21-8.25 (m, 2 H), 8.50 (m, 1H), 8.78 (m, 1 H), 8.97-9.03 (m, 3 H), 9.13 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 555.2 (M+H+).
[00400] Example 35: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.145 g, 0.339 mmol) and Example A27 (0.087 g, 0.323 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.124 mL, 0.710 mmol) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.112 g, 63%) as a white foam. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.10-9.03 (m, 3H), 8.63-8.52 (m, 4H), 8.26-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 549.3 (M+H+).
[00401] Example 36: Example B22 (0.310 g, 0.715 mmol), Example A2 (0.187 g, 0.715 mmol) and DIEA (0.274 ml, 1.57 mmol) were combined in DMSO (3 ml) and stirred at 70 °C. After 18 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC^), evaporated and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the free base (84.1 mg, 22% yield). The free base thus obtained was treated with certified 0.1N HC1 (3.1 ml, 2.0 eq) to afford 1-(1- (benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (45 mg) as the bis-HCl salt. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ί ί) δ 9.49 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 2H), 8.81 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.80 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J = 2.4 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.31 (dd, J = 3.2 and 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 2.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (ddd, J = 1.2, 2.8 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 2.92 (septet, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 546.3 (M+H+).
[00402] Example 37: Example B23 (0.200 g, 0.464 mmol), Example A2 (0.121 g, 0.464 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (0.178 ml, 1.02 mmol) were combined in DMSO (2 ml) and stirred with heating at 70 °C. After 18 h, the completed reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organics were washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes to EtOAc to THF) to afford impure product. This was purified a second time by reverse phase chromatography (MeCN (w/ 0.1 % TFA)/ H20 (w/ 0.1 % TFA)) to afford desired product (1 10 mg, 36% yield) as the TFA salt following lyophilization. The TFA salt thus obtained was dissolved in THF and shaken orbitally with MP-carbonate resin (1 10 mg) for 2 h. The supernatant was decanted away and the beads washed with THF (2x). The combined decants were concentrated, diluted with MeCN/H20 and then treated with certified 0.1N HCl (3.3 ml, 2.0 eq) to afford l-(2- fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H- benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (31 mg) as the bis-HCl salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i ) δ 9.46 (brs, 1H), 9.1 1 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.76 (brq, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.1 1 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J = 2.4 and 1 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 2.4 and 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (ddd, J = 1.2. 2.8 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 2.92 (septet, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m z: 543.2 (M+H+).
[00403] Example 38: Using general method A, Example B21 (0.0.054 g, 0.20 mmol) and Example A2 (0.16 g, 0.60 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (0.045g, 43% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.19 (m, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J = 9.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 6.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m z: 529.3 (M+H+).
[00404] Example 39: Using general method A, Example B21 (0.030 g, 0.11 mmol) and Example A7 (0.082 g, 0.33 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(imidazo[l ,2- a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)urea (0.0245g, 43% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding HC1 salt by reacting with HC1 (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.0 eq.). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.26 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J = 9.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20-8.11 (m, 3H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 3.03 (m, 1H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m z: 515.2 (M+H+).
[00405] Example 40: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A39 (63 mg, 0.29 mmol) and Example B9 (122 mg, 0.29 mmol) were combined to provide l-(4- (2-aminopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 5-yl)urea contaminated with 2,2,2-trichloroethanol (56 mg, 28% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ί ί) δ 8.99-8.96 (m, 2 H), 8.93 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.49 (m, 1 H), 8.19-8.16 (m, 2 H), 8.10 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.3, 4.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (dd, J = 11.8, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (m, 1 H), 6.44 (s, 1 H), 6.13 (dd, J = 5.9, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.94 (s, 2 H), 5.82 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 498.2 (M+H+).
[00406] A solution of the above l-(4-(2-aminopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (44 mg, 0.061 mmol theory) and pyridine (0.30 mL, 3.7 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 mL) was treated with acetic anhydride (0.040 mL, 0.39 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 60 h and then partitioned between EtOAc and 2 M aq Na2CC> . The organic layer was washed with water and brine. The aqueous phases were back extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SC> ), concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse-phase chromatography to provide 1 -(4-(2-acetamidopyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (25 mg, 76% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 10.53 (s, 1 H), 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.96-8.94 (m, 2 H), 8.49 (m ,1 H), 8.18-8.1 1 (m, 4 H), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.64-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.21 (dd, J = 11.8, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (m, 1 H), 6.65 (dd, J = 5.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.43 (s, 1 H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 2.03 (s, 3 H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m z: 540.3 (M+H+).
[00407] Example 41: Using as procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B25 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Example A30 (74 mg, 0.30 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(4-(2-(ethylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (70 mg, 45% yield).
[00408] The product was treated with methanesulfonic acid to afford l-(4-(2- (ethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea mesylate salt (71 mg, 87% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.02 (m, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.97 (dd, J = 1.6, and 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (brd, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (brs, 1H), 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J= 2.4, and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 4.4, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 2.8, and 1 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J = 2.0, and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 6.13 (brs, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.13 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 526.2 (M+H+).
[00409] Example 42: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (295 mg, 0.69 mmol) and Example A40 (214 mg, 0.763 mmol) were combined in DMF (3 mL) to provide l-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (278 mg, 72% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ί ί) δ 9.00 (s, 1 H), 8.94 (dd, J = 4.2, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.29 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (s, 1 H), 8.15-8.13 (m, 2 H), 7.94 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.5, 4.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.45 (dd, J = 5.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.39 (s, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3 H), 2.92 (m ,1 H), 2.05 (s, 3 H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 559.2 (M+H+).
[00410] Example 43: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.711 g, 1.66 mmol) and Example A28 ( 0.450 g, 1.58 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.61 mL, 3.48 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1- 4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.43 lg, 48% yield) as a white solid. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.08-9.04 (m, 3H), 8.66 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.57-8.54 (m, 2H), 8.26-8.16 (m, 4H), 8.05 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (q, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J = 11.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 563.3 (M+H+).
[00411] Example 44: Using a procedure analogous to Example 4, Example B26 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) and Example A31 (75 mg, 0.29 mmol) in presence of N-methyl pyrrolidine (catalytic amount) were combined to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (59 mg, 32% yield).
[00412] The product was treated with methanesulfonic acid to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(isopropylamino)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea mesylate salt (63 mg, 93% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ
9.03 (m, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.98 (m, 1H), 8.54 (brd, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (brm, 1H), 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.97 (dd, J = 2.4, and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 4.4, and
8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 2.8, and 11.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J = 2.4, and 6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.08 (brs, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 554.2 (M+H+).
[00413] Example 45: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B10 (0.060 g, 0.15 mmol) and Example A28 (0.041 g, 0.15 mmol) in presence of DIEA (0.056 mL, 0.32 mmol) were combined to afford l-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (47.6 mg, 60% yield) as a white foam. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.03-8.95 (m, 3H), 8.55-8.48 (m, 3H), 8.19-8.13 (m, 3H), 7.95 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.56 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z: 549.3 (M+H+).
[00414] Example 46: Using general method A, Example B27 (77 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Example A2 (150 mg, 0.57 mmol) in presence of DPPA (67 μί, 0.31 mmol) and Et3N (44 \L, 0.31 mmol) were combined to afford l-(l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3- isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea (105 mg, 70% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 8.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.77 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 3.2 and 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 2., and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J = 2.4 and 1 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 2.8 and 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 2.76 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 530.2 (M+H+).
[00415] Example 47: To a suspension of 5-amino-2-fluorobenzonitrile (1.00 g, 7.38 mmol) in cone HCl (15 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of NaN02 (0.64 g, 9.28 mmol) in water (15 mL) slowly over 15 min. The resultant mixture was stirred for 90 min at 0 °C. A solution comprised of SnCl2.2H20 (3.37 g, 14.9 mmol), cone HCl (5 mL) and water (5 mL) was added drop wise over 20 min. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C, and was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 25 mL). The aqueous portion was cooled with an ice bath and cautiously treated with 70 mL of 3 M NaOH (70 mL) to a final pH of 5. The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). All organics were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford a brown oil (2.58 g), which was combined with pivaloylacetonitrile (1.00 g, 8.0 mmol) in isopropanol (15 mL). The resultant solution was heated to reflux for 28 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL), satd aq NaHC03 (20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The aqueous was further extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography on silica gel to provide 5-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- fiuorobenzonitrile (1.24 g, 65% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c¼) δ 8.05 (m, 1 H), 7.97 (m, 1 H), 7.61 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.43 (s, 1 H), 5.42 (s, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 259.3 (M+H+).
[00416] A solution 5-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile (86 mg, 0.33 mmol) and acetone oxime (37 mg, 0.50 mmol) in DMAc (1 mL) was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (56 mg, 0.50 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 45 min at RT. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried (Na2S04), concentrated in vacuo and purified via silica gel chromatography to provide propan-2-one 0-2-cyano-4-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)phenyl oxime (47 mg, 45% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-i¾ δ 7.93-7.89 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.52 (s, 1 H), 4.87 (s, 2 H), 2.17 (s, 3 H), 2.08 )s, 3 H), 1.26 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z: 312.3 (M+H+).
[00417] A solution of propan-2-one 0-2-cyano-4-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)phenyl oxime (47 mg, 0.15 mmol) in ethyl acetate (5 mL) was treated with 2 M aq a2C03 (0.67 mL) and isopropenyl chloroformate (0.050 mL, 0.46 mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT. After 2 h, additional isopropenyl chloroformate (0.1 mL, 0.92 mmol) was added. After 1 h, additional isopropenyl chloroformate (0.1 mL, 0.92 mmol) and 2 M aq Na2C03 (0.5 mL, 1 mmol) were added. After another hour, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried (MgS04) and concentrated in vacuo to provide the isopropenyl carbamate of propan-2-one O-2-cyano- 4-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)phenyl oxime (62 mg, 58 % yield) that was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 396.2 (M+H+).
[00418] The isopropenyl carbamate from the previous step (60 mg, 0.15 mmol), Example A2 (40 mg, 0.15 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidine (1 mg, 0.015 mmol) were combined in THF (1 mL) and heated to 55 °C overnight. The reaction was concentrated and chromatographed to provide the corresponding urea (97 mg, > 100% yield) as a dark foam. MS (ESI) m/z: 599.2 (M+H+).
[00419] The above urea was dissolved in ethanol and treated with 3 M aq HC1 (0.5 mL). After 24 h, another 0.5 mL of 3 M aq HCL was added and the stirring was continued for 3 days. The reaction mixture was partitioned aqueous 2 M Na2C03 and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with sat aq NaHC03, water, and brine, dried (Na2SC>4), concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography and recrystallization from acetone to provide l-(l-(3-aminobenzo[d]isoxazol-5-yl)-3-tert- butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (33 mg, 39 % yield over 2 steps). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾ δ 8.93 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.86 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.64-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 11.9, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (dd, J = 5.6, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (m, 1 H), 6.55 (s, 2 H), 6.41 (s, 1 H), 2.77 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 3 H), 1.27 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m z: 559.2 (M+H+).
[00420] Example 48: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B9 (0.175 g, 0.41 mmol) and Example A42 (0.097 g, 0.389 mmol) were combined to afford l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-nitropyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.129g, 63% yield) as a light yellow oil. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.94 (dd, J = 4.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.1 1 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J= 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 2.98 (m, 1H), 1.30 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 528.3 (M+H+).
[00421] l-(2-fluoro-5-(6-nitropyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.129 g, 0.245 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2.0 mL), to which NH4CI (0.131 g, 2.45 mmol) and zinc power (0.160g, 2.45 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with methanol (30 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum, partitioned between EtOAc (30 mL) and water (20 mL). The separated organic phase was washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgSC^) and concentrated to afford l-(5-(6-aminopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.0495 g, 41% yield) as a white foam. MS (ESI) m/z: 498.2 (M+H+).
[00422] l-(5-(6-aminopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.0495 g, 0.099 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.0 mL), to which pyridine (0.49 mL, 6.0 mmol) and acetic anhydride (0.066 mL, 0.65 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The completed reaction was quenched with 2M NaHC03 (12 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL). The organic layer was washed with H20 (15 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried (MgSC^), concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to afford l-(5-(6-acetamidopyridin-3-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (0.0234 g, 44% yield) as a yellow foam. It was converted to corresponding mesylate salt by reacting with MsOH (1.0 eq.). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.09 (s, 1H), 9.07-9.04 (m, 2H), 8.65 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11-
8.07 (m, 2H), 8.02 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 6.67 (m, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H),
2.08 (s, 3H), 1.24 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 540.0 (M+H+).
[00423] Example 49: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B24 (150 mg, 0.26 mmol) and Example A28 (74 mg, 0.26 mmol) in presence of DIEA (90 μί, 0.52 mmol) were combined to afford benzyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l- methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)ureido)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)-3,4- dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (100 mg, 56% yield).
[00424] To a solution of benzyl 6-(3-tert-butyl-5-(3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)ureido)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline- 2(lH)-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) in methanol/EtOAc (1 : 1 , 10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C. The solution was stirred overnight under H2 (1 atm) at RT. The solution was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea (73 mg, 90% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.00 (brs, 1H), 8.02 (m, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.15 (dt, J = 2.4, and 8.8, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.1 - 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 1.25 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 581.3 (M+H+).
[00425] Example 50: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B29 (0.20 g, 0.43 mmol) and Example A27 (118 mg, 0.43mmol) were combined to afford 1- (4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l-oxo- l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (123 mg, 47% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 8.88 (brs, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 2.4, and 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (brs, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 2.4, and 12.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m z: 581.3 (M+H+).
[00426] Example 51: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B30 (0.20 g, 0.37 mmol) and Example A27 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) were combined to afford tert-butyl 7-(5-(3-(4-(2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-3-tert- butyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-carboxylate (130 mg, 53% yield) which was treated with 4.0 M HCl/dioxane (2 mL) and it was stirred at RT for 4 hours. The solid was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate, and dried under vacuum to obtain l-(4- (2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l -(1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea HC1 salt (120 mg, 96% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 9.51 (brs, 2H), 9.27 (brs, 1H), 9.21 (brs, 1H), 8.69 (brs, 2H), 8.54 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (m, 1H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 4H), 7.13 (m 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 2.4, and 6.4 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 567.3 (M+H).
[00427] Example 52: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A36 (110 mg, 0.363 mmol) and Example B10 (150 mg, 0.363 mmol) were combined and purified by chromatography (Si-25 column, methanol/ethyl acetate) to give l-(3-ethyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea as a white foam (66 mg, 32% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-i e) δ 1.27 (t, 3 H), 2.65 (q, 2 H), 3.89 (s, 3 H), 6.46 (s, 1 H), 6.74-6.76 (m, 1 H), 7.22 (t, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 7.65-7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.97-8.02 (m, 3 H), 8.20-8.22 (m, 2 H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 8.40-8.42 (m, 1 H), 8.50-8.53 (m, 1 H), 9.00-9.01 (m, 1 H), 9.11 (s, 1 H), 9.19 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 567.0 (M+H+).
[00428] Example 53: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A38
(108 mg, 0.363 mmol) and Example B10 (150 mg, 0.363 mmol) were combined and purified by chromatography (Si-25 column, methanol/ethyl acetate) to give l-(2,3- difluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-ethyl- 1 -(quinolin- 6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea as a white foam (78 mg, 38% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-i e) δ 1.29 (t, 3 H), 2.09 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (q, 2 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 6.47 (s, 1 H), 6.59-6.61 (m, 1 H), 7.00-7.02 (m, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 7.67-7.70 (m, 1 H), 7.99-8.10 (m, 3 H), 8.22-8.24 (m, 2 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.39 (d, 1 H), 8.53-8.55 (m, 1 H), 9.00-9.03 (m, 2 H), 9.10 (s, 1 H); MS (ESI) m z: 563.3 (M+H+).
[00429] Example 54: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.10 g, 0.23 mmol) and Example A32 (56 mg, 0.23 mmol) in the presence of DIEA (68 μί) were combined to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-(5- chloropyridin-3-yloxy)-5-cyanophenyl)urea (39 mg, 32% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.98 (dd, J = 2.0 and 4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.97 (dd, J = 2.8 and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 4.0 and 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 538.0 (M+H+).
[00430] Example 55: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example B3 (0.10 g, 0.23 mmol) and Example A33 (51 mg, 0.23 mmol) in presence of DIEA (68 μί) were combined to afford l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-cyano-5-(6- methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea (31 mg, 27% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/e) δ 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.98 (dd, J = 2.0 and 4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.48 (m, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.96 (dd, J = 2.8 and 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J = 2.8 and 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z: 518.0 (M+H+).
[00431] Example 56: Using a procedure analogous to Example 1, Example A41 (15 mg, 0.055 mmol) and Example B9 (24 mg, 0.056 mmol) were combined to provide l-(5- (4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea (9 mg, 29% yield) !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 13.36 (s, 1 H), 9.09 (s, 1 H), 9.07 (s, 1 H), 8.95 (m, 1 H), 8.50-8.45 (m, 2 H), 8.17-8.12 (m, 2 H), 8.01 (dd, J = 6.8, 2.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (dd, J = 1 1.0, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (m, 1 H), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 2.89 (m, 1 H), 1.22 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z: 550.2 (M+H+).
[00432] The following examples were prepared by the methods described in Schemes 1-17, General Method A, the above Examples and the methods described in WO 2006/071940, filed December 23, 2005, incorporated by reference: l-(3-tert-butyl- 1 - (l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-
(methylamino)quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-
(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -( 1 -(4-(2-amino-2- oxoethyl)naphthalen-2-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-chloro-5-(5-fluoropyridin-
3- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5- (pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2,4- difluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1-( 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolin- 6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2,4-difluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 - (lH-indazol-5-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(5- tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-
4- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazo l-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (2-hydroxyethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-chloro-5-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, l-(2-fluoro- 4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(l-(quinolin-6-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-cyclopentyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4- (2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-cyclobutyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-(6-cyanopyridin-^^
fluorophenyl)urea, l-(3-tert-butyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-4-(2- (methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -( 1 ,2,3 ,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-5-(6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(3-ethyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2- fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -( 1 H-indazol-5- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(2-(methylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1- (4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-chloro-2-(quinolin-6- yl)phenyl)urea, l-(l-(lH-indazol-5-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2- carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)urea, l-(4-(2- carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin- 6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-(dimethylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3- (3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(3-methyl-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert- butyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)-3- methylphenyl)urea, 1 -(5-(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (2-methylquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyrimidin-
4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-5-(6- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-
5- yl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-methyl-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(2-methylquinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(4- (2-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-methyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3- isopropyl- 1 -(quinoxalin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yloxy)- 2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinoxalin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -( 1 -
(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-tert-butyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-( 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l -(4-(2- (lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fiuorophenyl)-3-(3-tert-butyl-l-(l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(3-fluoro-4-(2-
(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)urea, 1 -(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-(2-
(isopropylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-3-methylphenyl)urea, 1 -(4-(2-
(cyclopentylamino)pyridin-4-yloxy)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-methyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-((2-( 1 - methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-3-(l -isopropyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)urea, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(l -isopropyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, l -(4-((2-(ethylamino)pyridin-4-yl)oxy)-2,3- difluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, N-(4-(2-fluoro-4- (3-(3-isopropyl- l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)ureido)phenoxy)pyridin-2- yl)acetamide, 4-(4-(3-(l-(4-(aminomethyl)naphthalen-2-yl)-3-(tert-butyl)-lH-pyrazol-5- yl)ureido)-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, and 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(3-( 1 -hydroxy- 2-methylpropan-2-yl)-l -(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N- methylpico linamide .
[00433] The following examples are prepared by the methods described in Schemes 1 - 17, General Method A, the above Examples and the methods described in WO 2006/071940, filed December 23, 2005, incorporated by reference: l-(3-tert-butyl-l - (l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(4-methyl-3-(4-(pyridin-3- yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(5-(4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2- fluorophenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4- methyl-5-(4-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 - (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-5-(4-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1-4- yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1- (2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(l-isopropyl-4- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyri din- 4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-( 1 -isopropyl-5-methyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)urea, 1 -(2- fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(2-isopropyl-5- (quinolin-6-yl)oxazol-4-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyri din-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(2-isopropyl-5-(quinolin-6-yl)thiazol-4-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l - methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-isopropyl-2-(quinolin-6-yl)furan-
3- yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5- isopropyl-2-(quinolin-6-yl)thiophen-3-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(4-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-imidazol-2-yl)urea, l-(2- fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyri din-4-yloxy )phenyl)-3-(5-isopropyl-2- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyri din-
4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(4-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2- (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-methyl-2-(quinolin-6- yl)pyridin-3-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(l-isopropyl-3-(l ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-( 1 - isopropyl-4-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(2-isopropyl-5-(l , 2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)oxazol-4-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(2-isopropyl-5-( 1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)thiazol- 4-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-ylo xy)phenyl)-3-(5- isopropyl-2-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)furan-3-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-isopropyl-2-(l , 2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)thiophen-3-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo 1-4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(4-isopropyl-l -(1 ,2,3, 4-tetrahy droisoquinolin-6-yl)- 1H- imidazol-2-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-ylo xy)phenyl)-
3- (5-isopropyl-2-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-4- (2-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(4-isopropyl- 1 -( 1 ,2,3 ,4- tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-(2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-
4- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-methyl-2-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyridin- 3-yl)urea, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-( 1 -isopropyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(l-isopropyl-4-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(2- isopropyl-5-(quinolin-6-yl)oxazol-4-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3- fluoro-4-(3-(2-isopropyl-5-(quinolin-6-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N- methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(5-isopropyl-2-(quinolin-6-yl)thiophen-3- yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(4-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6- yl)-lH-imidazol-2-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(5- isopropyl-2-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4- (3-fluoro-4-(3-(4-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N- methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(5-methyl-2-(quinolin-6-yl)pyridin-3- yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, 4-(3-fluoro-4-(3-(5-isopropyl-2-(quinolin-6- yl)furan-3-yl)ureido)phenoxy)-N-methylpicolinamide, l-(5-(4-(lH-pyrazol-4- yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-5-(4-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo l-4-yl)pyrimi din-2- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1-(5-(4-(1Η- pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-3-(l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3- isopropyl- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1 -(2-fluoro-4-methyl-5-(4-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(3-isopropyl-l-(quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, 1- (l-(benzo[d]oxazol-5-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-(4-(l -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl)urea, l-(5-(4-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-2- yloxy)-2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-3-(l-(imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH- pyrazol-5-yl)urea, l-(2-fluoro-5-(4-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazo l-4-yl)pyrimi din-2- yloxy)phenyl)-3-(l-(imidazo[l ,2-a]pyridin-6-yl)-3-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)urea, and 1 -(3-tert-butyl- 1 -(quinolin-6-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2- (trideuteriomethylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)urea.
Section 3
c-ABL kinase (Seq. ID no. 1) assay
[00434] Activity of c-ABL kinase (Seq. ID no. 1) was determined by following the production of ADP from the kinase reaction through coupling with the pyruvate kinase/lactate dehydrogenase system (e.g., Schindler, et al. Science (2000) 289, 1938- 1942). In this assay, the oxidation of NADH (thus the decrease at A34onm) was continuously monitored spectrophometrically. The reaction mixture (100 μΐ) contained c- ABL kinase (1 nM. c-ABL from deCode Genetics), peptide substrate (EAIYAAPFAKKK, 0.2 mM), MgCl2 (10 mM), pyruvate kinase (4 units), lactate dehydrogenase (0.7 units), phosphoenol pyruvate (1 mM), and NADH (0.28 mM) in 90 mM Tris buffer containing 0.2 % octyl-glucoside and 3.5 % DMSO, pH 7.5. Test compounds were incubated with c-ABL (Seq. ID no. 1) and other reaction reagents at 30 C for 2 h before ATP (500 μΜ) was added to start the reaction. The absorption at 340 nm was monitored continuously for 2 hours at 30 °C on Polarstar Optima plate reader (BMG). The reaction rate was calculated using the 1.0 to 2.0 h time frame. Percent inhibition was obtained by comparison of reaction rate with that of a control (i.e. with no test compound). IC50 values were calculated from a series of percent inhibition values determined at a range of inhibitor concentrations using software routines as implemented in the GraphPad Prism software package.
pABL kinase assay
[00435] Activity of pABL kinase (Seq. ID no. 1) was determined by following the production of ADP from the kinase reaction through coupling with the pyruvate kinase/lactate dehydrogenase system (e.g., Schindler, et al. Science (2000) 289, 1938- 1942). In this assay, the oxidation of NADH (thus the decrease at A34onm) was continuously monitored spectrophometrically. The reaction mixture (100 μΐ) contained pABL kinase (2 nM. pABL from deCode Genetics), peptide substrate (EAIYAAPFAKKK, 0.2 mM), MgCl2 (10 mM), pyruvate kinase (4 units), lactate dehydrogenase (0.7 units), phosphoenol pyruvate (1 mM), and NADH (0.28 mM) in 90 mM Tris buffer containing 0.2 % octyl-glucoside and 3.5 % DMSO, pH 7.5. Test compounds were incubated with pABL (Seq. ID no. 1) and other reaction reagents at 30 C for 2 h before ATP (500 μΜ) was added to start the reaction. The absorption at 340 nm was monitored continuously for 2 hours at 30 °C on Polarstar Optima plate reader (BMG). The reaction rate was calculated using the 1.0 to 2.0 h time frame. Percent inhibition was obtained by comparison of reaction rate with that of a control (i.e. with no test compound). IC50 values were calculated from a series of percent inhibition values determined at a range of inhibitor concentrations using software routines as implemented in the GraphPad Prism software package. pABL was obtained as a phosphorylated form of the enzyme used in the c-ABL assay (see above).
c-ABL(T315I) (Seq. ID no. 2) kinase assay
[00436] Activity of c-ABL(T315I) kinase (Seq. ID no. 2) was determined by following the production of ADP from the kinase reaction through coupling with the pyruvate kinase/lactate dehydrogenase system (e.g., Schindler, et al. Science (2000) 289, 1938- 1942). In this assay, the oxidation of NADH (thus the decrease at A34onm) was continuously monitored spectrophometrically. The reaction mixture (100 μΐ) contained c- ABL(T315I) kinase (Seq. ID no. 2) (6 nM. c-ABL(T315I) from decode Genetics), peptide substrate (EAIYAAPFAKKK, 0.2 mM), MgCl2 (10 mM), pyruvate kinase (4 units), lactate dehydrogenase (0.7 units), phosphoenol pyruvate (1 mM), and NADH (0.28 mM) in 90 mM Tris buffer containing 0.2 % octyl-glucoside and 3.5 % DMSO, pH 7.5. Test compounds were incubated with c-ABL(T315I) and other reaction reagents at 30 °C for 2 h before ATP (500 μΜ) was added to start the reaction. The absorption at 340 nm was monitored continuously for 2 hours at 30 °C on Polarstar Optima plate reader (BMG). The reaction rate was calculated using the 1.0 to 2.0 h time frame. Percent inhibition was obtained by comparison of reaction rate with that of a control (i.e. with no test compound). IC50 values were calculated from a series of percent inhibition values determined at a range of inhibitor concentrations using software routines as implemented in the GraphPad Prism software package.
Biological Data Summary. Biochemical IC50 values of compounds of Formula la.
[00437] In general, Examples 1-56 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition activity at 0.1-2 μΜ concentration against ABL kinase and T315I ABL kinase.
Biochemical assay for FLT-3 D835Y (Seq. ID no. 9)
[00438] Activity of FLT-3 D835Y kinase was determined by following the production of ADP from the kinase reaction through coupling with the pyruvate kinase/lactate dehydrogenase system (e.g., Schindler et al. Science (2000) 289: 1938-1942). In this assay, the oxidation of NADH (thus the decrease at A340nm) was continuously monitored spectrophometrically. The reaction mixture (100 μΐ) contained FLT-3 D835Y (purchased from Invitrogen) (1.2 nM), polyE4Y (1 mg/ml), MgCl2 (10 mM), pyruvate kinase (4 units), lactate dehydrogenase (0.7 units), phosphoenol pyruvate (1 mM), and NADH (0.28 mM) and ATP (500 μΜ) in 90 mM Tris buffer containing 0.2 % octyl- glucoside and 1% DMSO, pH 7.5. The inhibition reaction was started by mixing serial diluted test compound with the above reaction mixture. The absorption at 340 nm was monitored continuously for 4 hours at 30 °C on Synergy 2 plate reader (BioTeK). The reaction rate was calculated using the 2 to 3 h time frame. Percent inhibition was obtained by comparison of reaction rate with that of a control (i.e. with no test compound). IC50 values were calculated from a series of percent inhibition values determined at a range of inhibitor concentrations using software routines as implemented in the GraphPad Prism software package. Examples 1, 4, 5 and 15 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition activity at 0.1-2 μΜ concentration against D835Y FLT-3 kinase. Biochemical assay for TRK-A (Seq. ID no. 10)
[00439] Activity of TRK-A kinase was determined by following the production of ADP from the kinase reaction through coupling with the pyruvate kinase/lactate dehydrogenase system (e.g., Schindler et al. Science (2000) 289: 1938-1942). In this assay, the oxidation of NADH (thus the decrease at A340nm) was continuously monitored spectrophometrically. The reaction mixture (100 μΐ) contained TRK-A (Invitrogen) (5 nM), polyE4Y (1 mg/ml), MgCl2 (10 mM), pyruvate kinase (4 units), lactate dehydrogenase (0.7 units), phosphoenol pyruvate (1 mM), and NADH (0.28 mM) and ATP (500 μΜ) in 90 mM Tris buffer containing 0.2 % octyl-glucoside and 1% DMSO, pH 7.5. The inhibition reaction was started by mixing serial diluted test compound with the above reaction mixture. The absorption at 340 nm was monitored continuously for 4 hours at 30 °C on Synergy 2 plate reader (BioTeK). The reaction rate was calculated using the 3 to 4 h time frame. Percent inhibition was obtained by comparison of reaction rate with that of a control (i.e. with no test compound). IC50 values were calculated from a series of percent inhibition values determined at a range of inhibitor concentrations using software routines as implemented in the GraphPad Prism software package. Example 1 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition activity at 0.1 μΜ concentration against TRK-A kinase.
Biochemical assay for TIE-2 (Seq. ID no. 11)
[00440] Inhibition of TIE-2 kinase activity was carried out with Transcreener
Fluorescence Polarization Assay (Part # 3004-lK) developed and marketed by BellBrook
Labs, Madison, Wisconsin). In this assay ADP formed from the kinase reaction is quantitatively determined with the Transcreener ADP ADP-specific antibody. The antibody can also bind a florescence tracer (AlexaFluor), which competes with ADP. The extent of the tracer's binding to the antibody, which reflects the amount of ADP formed from the reaction, is followed with the method of fluorescence polarization. In the TIE-2 assay, test compound was incubated with 16 nM TIE-2 (Invitrogen) for 1 h at room temperature, followed by adding ATP (final 50 uM) and incubation for 2 h. At the end of the incubation, Tracer and Anti ADP antibody were added and 30 min later the plate was read with excitation at 620nm and emission at 680nm according to the protocol by the manufacture. % inhibition at each concentration of an inhibitor was calculated from the values of mP, from which IC50 was calculated with GraphPad Prism. Examples 1 and 5 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition activity at 0.1 μΜ concentration against TIE- 2 kinase.
ABL kinase (Seq. ID no. 1)
MSYYHHHHHHDYDIPTTENLYFQGAMDPSSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYE GVWKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYI ITEF MTYGNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAVVLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKKNFIHRDLAARNCLVGENHL VKVADFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATY GMSPYPGIDLSQVYELLEKDYRMERPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFE TMFQESSISDEVEKELGKRGT
c-ABL(T315I) kinase (Seq. ID no. 2)
MEEYMPTEHHHHHHENLYFQGTSMDPSSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGV WKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYI I IEFMT YGNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAVVLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKKNFIHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVK VADFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGM SPYPGIDLSQVYELLEKDYRMERPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFETM FQE
BCR-ABL p210-el4a2 (Seq. ID no. 3)
MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDADGSFGTPPGYGCAADRAEEQRRHQDGLPYIDDSPSSSPHLSSKGRGSRDALVSG ALKSTKASELDLEKGLEMRKWVLSGILASEETYLSHLEALLLPMKPLKAAATTSQPVLTS QQIETIFFKVPELYEIHKESYDGLFPRVQQWSHQQRVGDLFQKLASQLGVYRAFVDNYGV AMEMAEKCCQANAQFAEISENLRARSNKDAKDPTTK SLETLLYKPVDRVTRSTLVLHDL LKHTPASHPDHPLLQDALRISQNFLSSINEEITPRRQSMTVKKGEHRQLLKDSFMVELVE GARKLRHVFLFTDLLLCTKLKKQSGGKTQQYDCKWYIPLTDLSFQMVDELEAVPNIPLVP DEELDALKIKISQIKSDIQREKRANKGSKATERLKKKLSEQESLLLLMSPSMAFRVHSRN GKSYTFLISSDYERAEWRENIREQQKKCFRSFSLTSVELQMLTNSCVKLQTVHSIPLTIN KEDDESPGLYGFLNVIVHSATGFKQSSKALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPS ENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTLSITKGEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPV NSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYPLSSGINGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTA SDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVHHHSTVADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMER TDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGVWKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLV QLLGVCTREPPFYIITEFMTYGNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKK F IHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVADFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIK SDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPYPGIDRSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWN PSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQESSISDEVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAA EHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESDPLDHEPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNL FSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSSFREMDGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKS PKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSGFRSPHLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSV SCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDLQSTGRQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGT VTPPPRLVKK EEAADEVFKDIMESSPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKG SALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSGAPRGTSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAP PPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQEAAGEAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPV LPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAPVPLSTLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQP PERASGAITKGVVLDSTEALCLAISGNSEQMASHSAVLEAGK LYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRN KFAFREAINKLENNLRELQICPASAGSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR
BCR-ABL p210-el3a2 (Seq. ID no. 4) MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDADGSFGTPPGYGCAADRAEEQRRHQDGLPYIDDSPSSSPHLSSKGRGSRDALVSG ALKSTKASELDLEKGLEMRKWVLSGILASEETYLSHLEALLLPMKPLKAAATTSQPVLTS QQIETIFFKVPELYEIHKESYDGLFPRVQQWSHQQRVGDLFQKLASQLGVYRAFVDNYGV AMEMAEKCCQANAQFAEISENLRARSNKDAKDPTTK SLETLLYKPVDRVTRSTLVLHDL LKHTPASHPDHPLLQDALRISQNFLSSINEEITPRRQSMTVKKGEHRQLLKDSFMVELVE GARKLRHVFLFTDLLLCTKLKKQSGGKTQQYDCKWYIPLTDLSFQMVDELEAVPNIPLVP DEELDALKIKISQIKSDIQREKRANKGSKATERLKKKLSEQESLLLLMSPSMAFRVHSRN GKSYTFLISSDYERAEWRENIREQQKKCFRSFSLTSVELQMLTNSCVKLQTVHSIPLTIN KEEALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPSENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTLSITK GEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPVNSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYPLSSG INGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTASDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVHHHST VADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGVWKKY SLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYIITEFMTYGNLL DYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKKNFIHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVADFGL SRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPYPGID RSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQESSISD EVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAAEHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESDPLDH EPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNLFSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSSFREM DGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKSPKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSGFRSP HLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSVSCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDLQSTG RQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGTVTPPPRLVKKNEEAADEVFKDIMES SPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKGSALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSGAPRG TSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAPPPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQEAAG EAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPVLPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAPVPLS TLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQPPERASGAITKGVVLDSTEALCLAIS GNSEQMASHSAVLEAGKNLYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRNKFAFREAINKLENNLRELQICPASA GSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR BCR-ABL pl90-ela2 (Seq. ID no. 5)
MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDAEALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPSENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTL SITKGEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPVNSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYP LSSGINGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTASDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVH HHSTVADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGV WKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYI ITEFMTY GNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKK FIHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVA DFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPY PGIDRSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQES SISDEVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAAEHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESD PLDHEPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNLFSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSS FREMDGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKSPKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSG FRSPHLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSVSCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDL QSTGRQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGTVTPPPRLVKK EEAADEVFKD IMESSPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKGSALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSG APRGTSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAPPPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQ EAAGEAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPVLPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAP VPLSTLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQPPERASGAITKGWLDSTEALC LAISGNSEQMASHSAVLEAGK LYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRNKFAFREAINKLENNLRELQIC PASAGSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR
BCR-ABL p210-el4a2 T315I (Seq. ID no. 6)
MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDADGSFGTPPGYGCAADRAEEQRRHQDGLPYIDDSPSSSPHLSSKGRGSRDALVSG ALKSTKASELDLEKGLEMRKWVLSGILASEETYLSHLEALLLPMKPLKAAATTSQPVLTS QQIETIFFKVPELYEIHKESYDGLFPRVQQWSHQQRVGDLFQKLASQLGVYRAFVDNYGV AMEMAEKCCQANAQFAEISENLRARSNKDAKDPTTK SLETLLYKPVDRVTRSTLVLHDL LKHTPASHPDHPLLQDALRISQNFLSSINEEITPRRQSMTVKKGEHRQLLKDSFMVELVE GARKLRHVFLFTDLLLCTKLKKQSGGKTQQYDCKWYIPLTDLSFQMVDELEAVPNIPLVP DEELDALKIKISQIKSDIQREKRANKGSKATERLKKKLSEQESLLLLMSPSMAFRVHSRN GKSYTFLISSDYERAEWRENIREQQKKCFRSFSLTSVELQMLTNSCVKLQTVHSIPLTIN KEDDESPGLYGFLNVIVHSATGFKQSSKALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPS ENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTLSITKGEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPV NSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYPLSSGINGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTA SDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVHHHSTVADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMER TDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGVWKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLV QLLGVCTREPPFYIIIEFMTYGNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKK F IHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVADFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIK SDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPYPGIDRSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWN PSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQESSISDEVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAA EHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESDPLDHEPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNL FSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSSFREMDGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKS PKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSGFRSPHLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSV SCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDLQSTGRQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGT VTPPPRLVKK EEAADEVFKDIMESSPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKG SALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSGAPRGTSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAP PPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQEAAGEAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPV LPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAPVPLSTLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQP PERASGAITKGVVLDSTEALCLAISGNSEQMASHSAVLEAGKNLYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRN KFAFREAINKLENNLRELQICPASAGSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR
BCR-ABL p210-el3a2 T315I (Seq. ID no. 7) MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDADGSFGTPPGYGCAADRAEEQRRHQDGLPYIDDSPSSSPHLSSKGRGSRDALVSG ALKSTKASELDLEKGLEMRKWVLSGILASEETYLSHLEALLLPMKPLKAAATTSQPVLTS QQIETIFFKVPELYEIHKESYDGLFPRVQQWSHQQRVGDLFQKLASQLGVYRAFVDNYGV AMEMAEKCCQANAQFAEISENLRARSNKDAKDPTTK SLETLLYKPVDRVTRSTLVLHDL LKHTPASHPDHPLLQDALRISQNFLSSINEEITPRRQSMTVKKGEHRQLLKDSFMVELVE GARKLRHVFLFTDLLLCTKLKKQSGGKTQQYDCKWYIPLTDLSFQMVDELEAVPNIPLVP DEELDALKIKISQIKSDIQREKRANKGSKATERLKKKLSEQESLLLLMSPSMAFRVHSRN GKSYTFLISSDYERAEWRENIREQQKKCFRSFSLTSVELQMLTNSCVKLQTVHSIPLTIN KEEALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPSENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTLSITK GEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPVNSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYPLSSG INGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTASDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVHHHST VADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGVWKKY SLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYIIIEFMTYGNLL DYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKK FIHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVADFGL SRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPYPGID RSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQESSISD EVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAAEHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESDPLDH EPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNLFSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSSFREM DGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKSPKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSGFRSP HLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSVSCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDLQSTG RQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGTVTPPPRLVKK EEAADEVFKDIMES SPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKGSALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSGAPRG TSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAPPPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQEAAG EAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPVLPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAPVPLS TLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQPPERASGAITKGVVLDSTEALCLAIS GNSEQMASHSAVLEAGKNLYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRNKFAFREAINKLENNLRELQICPASA GSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR BCR-ABL pl90-ela2 (Seq. ID no. 8)
MVDPVGFAEAWKAQFPDSEPPRMELRSVGDIEQELERCKASIRRLEQEVNQERFRMIYLQ TLLAKEKKSYDRQRWGFRRAAQAPDGASEPRASASRPQPAPADGADPPPAEEPEARPDGE GSPGKARPGTARRPGAAASGERDDRGPPASVAALRSNFERIRKGHGQPGADAEKPFYVNV EFHHERGLVKVNDKEVSDRISSLGSQAMQMERKKSQHGAGSSVGDASRPPYRGRSSESSC GVDGDYEDAELNPRFLKDNLIDANGGSRPPWPPLEYQPYQSIYVGGIMEGEGKGPLLRSQ STSEQEKRLTWPRRSYSPRSFEDCGGGYTPDCSSNENLTSSEEDFSSGQSSRVSPSPTTY RMFRDKSRSPSQNSQQSFDSSSPPTPQCHKRHRHCPV SEATIVGVRKTGQIWPNDDEG AFHGDAEALQRPVASDFEPQGLSEAARWNSKENLLAGPSENDPNLFVALYDFVASGDNTL SITKGEKLRVLGYNHNGEWCEAQTK GQGWVPSNYITPVNSLEKHSWYHGPVSRNAAEYP LSSGINGSFLVRESESSPSQRSISLRYEGRVYHYRINTASDGKLYVSSESRFNTLAELVH HHSTVADGLITTLHYPAPKRNKPTVYGVSPNYDKWEMERTDITMKHKLGGGQYGEVYEGV WKKYSLTVAVKTLKEDTMEVEEFLKEAAVMKEIKHPNLVQLLGVCTREPPFYIIIEFMTY GNLLDYLRECNRQEVNAWLLYMATQISSAMEYLEKK FIHRDLAARNCLVGENHLVKVA DFGLSRLMTGDTYTAHAGAKFPIKWTAPESLAYNKFSIKSDVWAFGVLLWEIATYGMSPY PGIDRSQVYELLEKDYRMKRPEGCPEKVYELMRACWQWNPSDRPSFAEIHQAFETMFQES SISDEVEKELGKQGVRGAVTTLLQAPELPTKTRTSRRAAEHRDTTDVPEMPHSKGQGESD PLDHEPAVSPLLPRKERGPPEGGLNEDERLLPKDKKTNLFSALIKKKKKTAPTPPKRSSS FREMDGQPERRGAGEEEGRDISNGALAFTPLDTADPAKSPKPSNGAGVPNGALRESGGSG FRSPHLWKKSSTLTSSRLATGEEEGGGSSSKRFLRSCSVSCVPHGAKDTEWRSVTLPRDL QSTGRQFDSSTFGGHKSEKPALPRKRAGENRSDQVTRGTVTPPPRLVKK EEAADEVFKD IMESSPGSSPPNLTPKPLRRQVTVAPASGLPHKEEAWKGSALGTPAAAEPVTPTSKAGSG APRGTSKGPAEESRVRRHKHSSESPGRDKGKLSKLKPAPPPPPAASAGKAGGKPSQRPGQ EAAGEAVLGAKTKATSLVDAVNSDAAKPSQPAEGLKKPVLPATPKPHPAKPSGTPISPAP VPLSTLPSASSALAGDQPSSTAFIPLISTRVSLRKTRQPPERASGAITKGWLDSTEALC LAISGNSEQMASHSAVLEAGK LYTFCVSYVDSIQQMRNKFAFREAINKLENNLRELQIC PASAGSGPAATQDFSKLLSSVKEISDIVQR
FLT-3 D835Y kinase (Seq. ID no. 9)
MHKYKKQFRYESQLQMVQVTGSSDNEYFYVDFREYEYDLKWEFPRENLEFGKVLGSGAFG KVMNATAYGISKTGVSIQVAVKMLKEKADSSEREALMSELKMMTQLGSHENIVNLLGACT LSGPIYLIFEYCCYGDLLNYLRSKREKFHRTWTEIFKEHNFSFYPTFQSHPNSSMPGSRE VQIHPDSDQISGLHGNSFHSEDEIEYENQKRLEEEEDLNVLTFEDLLCFAYQVAKGMEFL EFKSCVHRDLAARNVLVTHGKWKICDFGLARYIMSDSNYWRGNARLPVKWMAPESLFE GIYTIKSDVWSYGILLWEIFSLGVNPYPGIPVDANFYKLIQNGFKMDQPFYATEEIYIIM QSCWAFDSRKRPSFPNLTSFLGCQLADAEEAMYQNVKGVEACQLGTDDYDIPTTHHHHHH
TRK-A kinase (Seq. ID no. 10)
MKCGRRNKFGINRPAVLAPEDGLAMSLHFMTLGGSSLSPTEGKGSGLQGHIIENPQYFSD ACVHHIKRRDIVLKWELGEGAFGKVFLAECHNLLPEQDKMLVAVKALKEASESARQDFQR EAELLTMLQHQHIVRFFGVCTEGRPLLMVFEYMRHGDLNRFLRSHGPDAKLLAGGEDVAP GPLGLGQLLAVASQVAAGMVYLAGLHFVHRDLATRNCLVGQGLWKIGDFGMSRDIYSTD YYRVGGRTMLPIRWMPPESILYRKFTTESDVWSFGWLWEIFTYGKQPWYQLSNTEAIDC ITQGRELERPRACPPEVYAIMRGCWQREPQQRHSIKDVHARLQALAQAPPVYLDVLGKGV EACQLGTDDYDIPTTHHHHHH
TIE-2 kinase (Seq. ID no. 11)
MAPILGYWKIKGLVQPTRLLLEYLEEKYEEHLYERDEGDKWRNKKFELGLEFPNLPYYID GDVKLTQSMAIIRYIADKHNMLGGCPKERAEISMLEGAVLDIRYGVSRIAYSKDFETLKV DFLSKLPEMLKMFEDRLCHKTYLNGDHVTHPDFMLYDALDWLYMDPMCLDAFPKLVCFK KRIEAIPQIDKYLKSSKYIAWPLQGWQATFGGGDHPPKSDLVPRHNQTSLYKKAGSAAAL FNFKKEPFTPVLDWNDIKFQDVIGEGNFGQVLKARIKKDGLRMDAAIKRMKEYASKDDHR DFAGELEVLCKLGHHPNIINLLGACEHRGYLYLAIEYAPHGNLLDFLRKSRVLETDPAFA IANSTASTLSSQQLLHFAADVARGMDYLSQKQFIHRDLAARNILVGENYVAKIADFGLSR GQEVYVKKTMGRLPVRWMAIESLNYSVYTTNSDVWSYGVLLWEIVSLGGTPYCGMTCAEL YEKLPQGYRLEKPLNCDDEVYDLMRQCWREKPYERPSFAQILVSLNRMLEERKT
BaF3 Cell Culture
[00441] BaF3 cells (parental or transfected with the following: wild type BCR-ABL or BCR-ABL point mutants T315I, E255K, Y253F, M351T) were obtained from Professor Richard Van Etten (New England Medical Center, Boston, MA). Briefly, cells were grown in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum (HyClone, Logan, UT) at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, 95% humidity. Cells were allowed to expand until reaching 80% saturation at which point they were subcultured or harvested for assay use.
BCR-ABL Cell Proliferation Assay
[00442] A serial dilution of test compound was dispensed into a 96 well black clear bottom plate (Corning, Corning, NY). For each cell line, three thousand cells were added per well in complete growth medium. Plates were incubated for 72 hours at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, 95% humidity. At the end of the incubation period Cell Titer Blue (Promega, Madison, WI) was added to each well and an additional 4.5 hour incubation at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, 95% humidity was performed. Plates were then read on a BMG Fluostar Optima (BMG, Durham, NC) using an excitation of 544 nM and an emission of 612 nM. Data was analyzed using Prism software (Graphpad, San Diego, CA) to calculate IC50's.
Biological Data Summary. Whole cell IC50 values of compounds of Formula la.
[00443] In general, compounds 1-56 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition of proliferation at 1-10 uM concentration against BaF/3 cells harboring wt BCR-ABL and or BCR-ABLpoint mutants including T315I, E255K, Y253F, and M351T.
MV-4-11 Cell Culture
[00444] MV-4-11 cells (catalog #CRL-9591) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA). Briefly, cells were grown in suspension in IMDM medium supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), 100 units/mL penicillin G, 100 μg/ml streptomycin, and 0.29 mg/mL L- glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, and 95% humidity. Cells were allowed to expand until reaching saturation at which point they were subcultured or harvested for assay use.
MV-4-11 Cell Proliferation Assay
[00445] A serial dilution of test compound was dispensed into a 96-well black clear bottom plate (Corning, Corning, NY). Ten thousand cells were added per well in 200 μL complete growth medium. Plates were incubated for 64 hours at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, and 95% humidity. At the end of the incubation period 40 μL· of a 440 μΜ solution of resazurin (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) in PBS was added to each well and incubated for an additional 8 hours at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, and 95% humidity. Plates were read on a Synergy2 reader (Biotek, Winooski, VT) using an excitation of 540 nM and an emission of 600 nM. Data was analyzed using Prism software (Graphpad, San Diego, CA) to calculate IC50 values. Examples 1, 5, and 15 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition activity at <0.1 μΜ concentration against MV-4-1 1 cells.
MV-4-11 Phospho-FLT3 Western Blot Assay
[00446] MV-4-11 cells suspended in complete medium were added to 12-well tissue culture treated plates (1 x 106 cells/well). Test compound or DMSO was added to the wells (0.5% final DMSO concentration). The plates were then incubated for 4 hours at 37°C/5% C02. The cells were collected and lysed using MPER lysis buffer (Pierce, Rockford, IL) containing Halt Phosphatase and Protease Inhibitors (Pierce, Rockford, IL) and Phosphatase inhibitor cocktail 2 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) at 4°C for 10 minutes with shaking. Cleared lysates were separated by SDS-PAGE on a 4-12% Novex NuPage Bis- Tris gel (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and then transferred to PVDF (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). After transfer, the PVDF membrane was blocked with BSA (Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, CA) and then probed with an antibody for phospho-FLT3 (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) and an antibody for eIF4E (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) as a control. A secondary anti-rabbit antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) was used to detect phospho-FLT3 and eIF4E. ECL Plus (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ), a substrate for horseradish peroxidase that generates a fluorescent product, was added. Fluorescence was detected using a Storm 840 phosphor imager (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ) in fluorescence mode. The 160 kDa phospho-FLT3 band was quantified using ImageQuant software (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ). Data was analyzed using Prism software (Graphpad, San Diego, CA) to calculate IC50 values. Example 1 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition of phospho FLT-3 levels in MV-4-1 1 cells at <0.1 μΜ concentration.
K562 Cell Culture
[00447] K562 cells (catalog #CCL-243) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA). Briefly, cells were grown in suspension in IMDM medium supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), 100 units/mL penicillin G, 100 μg/ml streptomycin, and 0.29 mg/mL L- glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, and 95% humidity. Cells were allowed to expand until reaching saturation at which point they were subcultured or harvested for assay use.
K562 Phospho-TRK-A Western Blot Assay
[00448] K562 cells suspended in serum-free IMDM medium were added to 24-well tissue culture treated plates (1.5 x 106 cells/well). Test compound or DMSO was added to the wells (0.5% final DMSO concentration). The plates were then incubated for 4 hours at 37°C/5% C02. Following compound incubation, the cells were stimulated with 100 ng/mL NGF (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) for 10 min (one DMSO control (- NGF) was not stimulated). The cells were collected and lysed using MPER lysis buffer (Pierce, Rockford, IL) containing Halt Phosphatase and Protease Inhibitors (Pierce, Rockford, IL) and Phosphatase inhibitor cocktail 2 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) at 4°C for 10 minutes with shaking. Cleared lysates were separated by SDS-PAGE on a 4-12% Novex NuPage Bis-Tris gel (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and then transferred to PVDF (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). After transfer, the PVDF membrane was blocked with BSA (Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, CA) and then probed with an antibody for phospho-TRK-A (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) and an antibody for eIF4E (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) as a control. A secondary anti-rabbit antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) was used to detect phospho-TRK-A and eIF4E. ECL Plus (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ), a substrate for horseradish peroxidase that generates a fluorescent product, was added. Fluorescence was detected using a Storm 840 phosphorimager (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ) in fluorescence mode. The 140 kDa phospho-TRK-A band was quantified using ImageQuant software (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ). Data was analyzed using Prism software (Graphpad, San Diego, CA) to calculate IC50 values. Example 1 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition of phospho FLT-3 levels in MV- 4-1 1 cells at <0.1 μΜ concentration.
CHO-K1 Cell Culture
[00449] CHO-K1 cells (catalog #CCL-61) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA). Briefly, cells were grown in F12K medium supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), 100 units/mL penicillin G, 100 μg/ml streptomycin, and 0.29 mg/mL L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, and 95% humidity. Cells were allowed to expand until reaching 70-95% confluence at which point they were subcultured or harvested for assay use.
TIE-2-transfected CHO Kl Phospho-TIE-2 Western Blot Assay
[00450] CHO Kl cells (1 x 105 cells/well) were added to a 24-well tissue-culture treated plate in 1 mL of RPMI1640 medium supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum and IX non-essential amino acids (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). Cells were then incubated overnight at 37 degrees Celsius, 5% C02, 95% humidity. Medium was aspirated, and 0.5 mL of medium was added to each well. Transfection-grade plasmid DNA (TIE-2 gene Gateway cloned into pcDNA3.2™/V5-DEST expression vector, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) was diluted to 5 μg/mL in room temperature Opti-MEM® I Reduced Serum Medium without serum (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). Two μL of Lipofectamine LTX Reagent (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) was added per 0.5 μg of plasmid DNA. The tube was mixed gently and incubated for 25 minutes at room temperature to allow DNA-Lipofectamine LTX complex formation. 100 μL of the DNA- Lipofectamine LTX complex was added directly to each well containing cells and mixed gently. Twenty-four hours post-transfection, medium containing DNA-Lipofectamine complexes was aspirated, cells were washed with PBS, and F12K medium supplemented with 10% characterized fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), 100 units/mL penicillin G, 100 μg/ml streptomycin, and 0.29 mg/mL L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) was added. Test compound or DMSO was added to the wells (0.5% final DMSO concentration). The plates were then incubated for 4 hours at 37°C/5% C02. Following the incubation, the media was aspirated and the cells were washed with PBS. The cells were lysed using MPER lysis buffer (Pierce, Rockford, IL) containing Halt Phosphatase and Protease Inhibitors (Pierce, Rockford, IL) and Phosphatase inhibitor cocktail 2 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) at 4°C for 10 minutes with shaking. Cleared lysates were separated by SDS-PAGE on a 4-12% Novex NuPage Bis-Tris gel (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and then transferred to PVDF (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). After transfer, the PVDF membrane was blocked with BSA (Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, CA) and then probed with an antibody for phospho-TIE-2 (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA). A secondary anti-rabbit antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (Cell Signaling Technology, Beverly, MA) was used to detect phospho-TIE-2. ECL Plus (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ), a substrate for horseradish peroxidase that generates a fluorescent product, was added. Fluorescence was detected using a Storm 840 phosphorimager (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ) in fluorescence mode. The 160 kDa phospho-TIE-2 band was quantified using ImageQuant software (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, NJ). Data was analyzed using Prism software (Graphpad, San Diego, CA) to calculate IC50 values. Example 1 disclosed herein exhibited >50% inhibition of phospho TIE-2 levels in TIE-2-transfected CHO Kl cells at <0.1 μΜ concentration.
Section 4 - Important Structural Comparisons vs. Biological Activity
[00451] WO 2006/071940 A2 describes inhibitors of kinases, including c-ABL kinase, B-RAF kinase, c-MET, VEGF kinase, and the HER family wherein a central phenyl ring is unsubstituted. An example of these inhibitors is shown below, wherein the central phenyl ring is unsubstituted (R16 and R18 = H). Compounds A, B and C, discussed below, are taken from from WO 2006/071940 A2.
Representative Key Structures
Example 1 (R16=2-F, R18=H), Example 15 (R16=2-F, R18=H)
Example 5 (R16=3-Me, R18=H) Compound B (R16=H, R18=H)
Compound A (R16=H, R18=H)
Figure imgf000184_0001
[00452] It has unexpectedly been found that inhibitors that contain R16 substituents other than H have superior potency as measured by in vitro kinase inhibition and also as measured by in vivo whole cell anti-proliferation potencies in cancer cells. By way of illustration in Table 1, Example 1 of the present invention containing a 2-F moiety as the R16 substituent is 5.5-times more potent vs. phosphorylated-Abl kinase (p-ABL) than the unsubstituted Compound A containing R16 = H. Example 1 is 6.3 times more potent than Compound A vs. the T315I mutant ABLkinase, a clinical isolate of oncogenic ABLkinase found in patients with chronic myelogenous leukemia and in whom treatment is resistant to currently available therapies including Gleevec® (M. E. Gorre et al, Science (2001) 293: 876; S. Branford et al, Blood (2002) 99: 3472; N. von Bubnoff et al, Lancet (2002) 359: 487) and dasatinib (N. P. Shah et al, Science (2004) 305: 399). Example 5 containing a 3-methyl moiety as the R16 substituent is 4 times more potent vs. p-ABL kinase than the unsubstituted (R16 = H) Compound A. Example 15 containing a 2-F moiety as the R16 substituent is 8-times more potent vs. unphosphorylated- ABLkinase (u-ABL) than the unsubstituted (R16 = H) Compound B (from WO 2006/071940 A2). Example 15 is > 14-times more potent than Compound B vs. p-ABL kinase, and 18 times more potent than Compound B vs. the T315I mutant ABLkinase.
Table 1
Figure imgf000185_0001
Structures of Example 4 (R16=2-F, R18=H)
and Compound C (R16, R18=H)
Figure imgf000186_0001
[00453] This trend is also evident in other analogs related to those mentioned above. As shown in Table 1 , the indazolyl-containing compound Example 4 containing a 2-F moiety as the R16 substituent is 2.2 times more potent than the unsubstituted (R16 = H) Compound C vs. u-ABLkinase, 18 times more potent than Compound C vs. p- ABLkinase, and 13 times more potent than Compound C vs. T315I mutant ABLkinase.
[00454] This unexpected increase in potency vs. these kinases is also revealed in whole cell assays which measure the effectiveness of these ABLkinase inhibitors to block proliferation of cells containing oncogenic forms of ABLkinase: the fusion protein BCR- ABL kinases (C. L. Sawyers, New England Journal of Medicine (1999) 340: 1330; S. Faderl et al, New England Journal of Medicine (1999) 341 : 164; J.B. Konopka et al, Proceeding of the National Academy of Sciences USA (1985) 82: 1810). Table 2 illustrates the increased potency of substituted R16-containing compounds of Examples 1 , 5, and 15 vs. their unsubstituted analogs Compounds A and B. The R16-substituted analogs are 2.6-4.5 times more potent than the unsubstituted analogs in BaF3 cells expressing oncogenic BCR-ABL kinase, 1.5-3.5 times more potent in BaF3 cells expressing the T315I mutant oncogenic form of BCR-ABL kinase, 3.5-7.2 times more potent in BaF3 cells expressing the Y253F mutant oncogenic form of BCR-ABL kinase, 4.4-6 times more potent in BaF3 cells expressing the E255K mutant oncogenic form of BCR-ABL kinase, and 3.2-4.2 times more potent in BaF3 cells expressing the M351T mutant oncogenic form of BCR-ABL kinase. These five forms of BCR-ABL kinase are oncogenic and are causative of human chronic myelogenous leukemia. Moreover, the four mutant forms of BCR-ABL kinase are resistant to the currently available BCR- ABLinhibitor Gleevec ®.
Table 2
Figure imgf000187_0001

Claims

1. A method of modulating a kinase activity of a wild-type kinase species, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs of any of the foregoing, comprising the step of contacting said species with a compound of formula la':
Figure imgf000188_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein
El is phenyl and wherein the El ring is substituted with one to three R16 moieties and one to three R18 moieties;
A is selected from the group consisting of pyrazolyl and imidazolyl;
Gl is a heteroaryl taken from the group consisting of pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
G4 is a heterocyclyl taken from the group consisting of oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolonyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, and homotropanyl; the A ring is substituted at any substitutable position with one Al moiety, wherein Al is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000189_0001
and wherein the symbol (**) is the point of attachment to the A ring of formula la;
and wherein— indicates either a saturated or unsaturated bond;
the A ring is optionally substituted with one or more R2 moieties;
X2 is a direct bond, wherein El is directly linked to the NH group of formula la;
X3 is -0-;
V, VI and V2 are each independently O or represent two hydrogens attached to the methylene carbon to which the V, VI, and V2 is attached;
each Z3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, methoxy, oxo, (R3)2NC(0)-, (R4)2NC(0)-, -N(R4)C(0)R8, (R3)2NS02-, (R4)2NS02-, -N(R4)S02R5, - N(R4)S02R8, -(CH2)N(R3)2, -(CH2)nN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, - N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qR5, -N(R3)(CH2)qR5, - C(0)R5, -C(0)R8, -R5, and nitro;
in the event that Z3 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted by one or more Cl-C6alkyl;
each Z4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2- C6alkylN(R4)-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2N-C2-C6alkyl-0-C2-C6alkyl, (R4)2NC(0)-C 1 -C6alkyl, carboxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxycarbonylCl-C6alkyl-, -C2-C6alkylN(R4)C(0)R8, R8- C(=NR3)-, -S02R8, -C(0)R8, and -(CH2)qR5;
in the event that Z4 contains an alkyl or alkylene moiety, such moieties may be further substituted by one or more Cl-C6alkyl;
each Z6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of -C(0)N(R3)2, -C(0)N(R4)2, -(CH2)nGl , (R4)2N-, (R3)2N-, -N(R3)C(0)R8, -N(R4)C(0)R8, H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6 branched alkyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl- C6alkoxyC2-C6 branched alkyl-, C2-C6 branched alkoxy-, Cl-C6alkylthio-, -R5, - N(R3)S02R6, -C(0)R5, -S02N(R4)2, -S02N(R5)2, halogen, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, cyano, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, -0(CH2)qO-Cl- C6alkyl, -0(CH2)qN(R4)2, -N(R3)(CH2)qO-Cl-C6alkyl, -N(R3)(CH2)qN(R4)2, - 0(CH2)qR5, and -N(R3)(CH2)qR5, -( R3)rR17, -(0)rR17, -(S)rR17, -(CH2)nR17, -R17, , - (CH2)nG4, -(CH2)nO(CH2)nGl , -(CH2)nO(CH2)nG4, -(CH2)nN(R3)(CH2)nGl, and - (CH2)nN(R3)(CH2)nG4; each R2 is selected from the group consisting of branched C3-C8alkyl, Cl-C6alkyl, fluoroC 1 -C6alkyl wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated, R19 substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted aryl, Z3 -substituted G1-, Z3-substituted G4-, hydroxyCl- C6alkyl-, hydroxy branched C3-C6alkyl-, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, cyanoCl-C6alkyl-, cyano substituted branched C3-C6alkyl, cyano substituted C3- C8carbocyclyl, (R4)2NC(0)C1-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted branched C3-C6alkyl-, (R4)2NC(0) substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, halogen, cyano, Cl-C6alkoxy, and fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl is fully or partially fluorinated;
wherein each R3 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, and Z3-substituted phenyl;
each R4 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, Cl-C6alkoxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyCl-C6alkyl-, branched Cl-C6alkoxyCl- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)PN(R7)2, -(CH2)PR5, (CH2)PC(0)N(R7)2, -(CH2)nC(0)R5, -(CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, and -(CH2)nR17;
each R5 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000191_0001
and wherein the symbol (##) is the point of attachment of the R5 moiety; each R6 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, phenyl, Gl , and G4;
each R7 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, C2-C6alkoxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C3-C7alkyl-, branched hydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, branched C2-C6alkoxyC2- C6alkyl-, branched dihydroxyC2-C6alkyl-, -(CH2)qR5, -(CH2)„C(0)R5, - (CH2)nC(0)OR3, C3-C8carbocyclyl, hydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, alkoxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl-, dihydroxy substituted C3-C8carbocyclyl, and - (CH2)nR17;
each R8 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety is partially or fully fluorinated, C3-C8carbocyclyl, Z3-substituted phenyl-, Z3-substituted phenylCl- C6alkyl-, Z3 -substituted Gl, Z3-substituted Gl-Cl-C6alkyl-, Z2-substituted G4, Z2- substituted G4-Cl-C6alkyl-, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, N(R3)2, N(R4)2, and R5;
each RIO is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of C02H, C02Cl-C6alkyl, -C(0)N(R4)2, OH, Cl-C6alkoxy, and -N(R4)2;
each R14 is independently and respectively selected from the group consisting of H, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C6alkyl, and C3-C8carbocyclyl;
R16 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cl- C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, fluoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl-C6alkoxy, fiuoroCl- C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3)2, - N(R4)2, C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
each R17 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxetanyl, azetadinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and piperidinyl;
wherein R17 can be further substituted with one or more Z2, Z3 or Z4 moieties;
R18 is independently and individually selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C6alkyl, branched C3-C7alkyl, C3-C8carbocyclyl, halogen, fiuoroCl-C6alkyl wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, cyano, hydroxyl, Cl- C6alkoxy, fluoroCl-C6alkoxy wherein the alkyl moiety can be partially or fully fluorinated, -N(R3)2, -N(R4)2, C2-C3alkynyl, and nitro;
R19 is H or Cl-C6alkyl; n is 0-6; p is 1-4; q is 2-6; r is 0 or 1 ; t is 1 -3; and v is lor 2.
2. A method of treating mammalian disease wherein the disease etiology or progression is at least partially mediated by the kinase activity of c-ABL kinase, BCR- ABL kinase, FLT-3 kinase, TIE-2 kinase, TRK-A kinase, TRK-B kinase, TRK-C kinase, VEGFR-2 kinases, c-MET kinase, PDGFR-α/ρ ζα kinase, FOGFR-beta kinase, HER-1 kinase, HER-2 kinase, HER-3 kinase, HER-4 kinase, FGFR kinases, c-KIT kinase, RET kinase, c-FMS kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs of any of the foregoing, comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 ; and
further comprising administering at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
3. The method of claim 2 wherein said kinase is selected from the group consisting of BCR-ABL fusion protein kinases p210, BCR-ABL fusion protein kinases pi 90, BCR- ABL fusion protein kinases bearing the T315I gatekeeper mutant in the ABL kinase domain of p210, BCR-ABL fusion protein kinases bearing the T315I gatekeeper mutant in the ABL kinase domain of pi 90, and other BCR-ABL polymorphs of any of the foregoing kinases.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein said BCR-ABL fusion protein kinases p210 have Seq. IDs 3 & 4, wherein said BCR-ABL fusion protein kinase pi 90 has Seq. ID 5, wherein said BCR-ABL fusion protein kinases p210 bearing the T315I mutation in the ABL kinase domain have Seq. IDs 6 & 7, and wherein said BCR-ABL fusion protein kinase pl 90 bearing the T315I mutation in the ABL kinase domain has Seq. ID 8.
5. The method of claim 2 wherein said kinase is selected from the group consisting of c-KIT protein kinase, PDGFR-α/ρ ζα kinase, FOGFR-beta kinase, c-FMS kinase, and any fusion protein, mutation and polymorph of any of the foregoing.
6. The method of claim 2 wherein said kinase is selected from the group consisting of c-MET protein kinase, RET kinase, FGFR kinases, HER kinases, and any fusion protein, mutation and polymorph of any of the foregoing.
7. The method of claim 2 wherein said kinase is selected from the group consisting of FLT-3 kinase, TIE-2 kinase, TRK kinases, and any fusion protein, mutation and polymorph of any of the foregoing.
8. A method of treating an individual suffering from a condition selected from the group consisting of cancer, secondary cancer growth arising from metastasis, hyperproliferative diseases, diseases characterized by hyper-vascularization, inflammation, osteoarthritis, respiratory diseases, stroke, systemic shock, immunological diseases, automimmune diseases, bone resorptive diseases, cardiovascular disease and diseases characterized by angiogenesis, comprising the step of administering to such individual a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 ; and
further comprising administering at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
9. A method of treating an individual suffering from a disease caused by c-ABL kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including BCR-ABL kinase and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by FLT-3 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TIE-2 kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by TRK kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by cMET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof including TPR-MET; a disease caused by KDR kinase or PDGFR kinases; a disease caused by HER kinases, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by RET kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof; a disease caused by c-FMS kinase, oncogenic forms thereof and polymorphs thereof; a disease caused by a c-KIT kinase, oncogenic forms thereof, aberrant fusion proteins thereof and polymorphs thereof; and diseases caused by any of the foregoing kinases, oncogenic forms thereof, and aberrant fusion proteins thereof, including but not limited to, chronic myelogenous leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, other myeloproliferative disorders, a disease caused by metastasis of primary solid tumors to secondary sites, glioblastomas, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancers, mesothelioma, hypereosinophilic syndrome, a disease caused or maintained by pathological vascularization, ocular diseases characterized by hyperproliferation leading to blindness including various retinopathies, i.e. diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration, non small cell lung cancer, breast cancers, kidney cancers, colon cancers, cervical carcinomas, papillary thyroid carcinoma, melanomas, autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, asthma, human inflammation, rheumatoid spondylitis, ostero-arthritis, asthma, gouty arthritis, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, Gram-negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, stroke, reperfusion injury, neural trauma, neural ischemia, psoriasis, restenosis, chronic obstructive pulmonarydisease, bone resorptive diseases, bone cancer, graft-versus-host reaction, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, pyresis, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and combinations, comprising the step of administering to such individual a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1; and
further comprising administering at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
10. The method of claim 8 or 9, said compound being administered by a method selected from the group consisting of oral, parenteral, inhalation, and subcutaneous.
11. The method of claim 1, 2, 8, 9, or 10 wherein the compound is l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea.
12. The method of claim 8 or 9, wherein the pharmaceutical composition further comprises at least one other pharmaceutically active agent.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the at least one other pharmaceutically active agent is useful for treating cancer.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is selected from the group consisting of imatinib, nilotinib, dasatinib, ponatinib, and bosutinib.
15. The method of claim 14 wherein the compound of formula la' is l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is imatinib.
17. The method of claim 16 wherein the compound of formula la' is l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea.
18. The method of claim 14, wherin the other therapeutic agent is dasatinib.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein the compound of formula la is l-(3-tert-butyl-l- (quinolin-6-yl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(2-fiuoro-4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)urea.
20. The method of claim 12, 15, 17, or 19, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is combined with the compound of formula la' in a single dosage form.
21. The method of claim 12, 15, 17, or 19, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is in a separate dosage form than the compound of formula la'.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the the compound of formula la and the other pharmaceutically active agent are dosed simultaneously or sequentially within a period of time from one hour to less than two weeks.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the compound of formula la and the other pharmaceutically active agent are dosed alternately, wherein the compound of formula la is administered for a period of time ranging from two weeks to six months, followed by administration of the other pharmaceutically active agent for a second period of time ranging from two weeks to six months.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the alternate dosing of the compound of formula la and the other pharmaceutically active agent is repeated multiple times.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein a drug holiday is implemented between the dosing of the compound of formula la' and the other pharmaceutically active agent, wherein neither agent is dosed during the drug holiday.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the drug holiday is a period of time ranging from one day to one month.
27. The method of claim 12, wherein at least one other pharmaceutically active agent is useful for treating autoimmune diseases or inflammatory diseases.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is selected from the group consisting of methotrexate or other anti-folate agent.
29. The method of claim 27, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is an anti-TNF agent.
30. The method of claim 27, wherein the other pharmaceutically active agent is selected from the group consisting of Humira®, Enbrel®, and Remicade®.
PCT/US2011/050856 2011-09-08 2011-09-08 Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases WO2013036232A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/US2011/050856 WO2013036232A2 (en) 2011-09-08 2011-09-08 Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/US2011/050856 WO2013036232A2 (en) 2011-09-08 2011-09-08 Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013036232A2 true WO2013036232A2 (en) 2013-03-14
WO2013036232A3 WO2013036232A3 (en) 2014-03-27

Family

ID=47832743

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2011/050856 WO2013036232A2 (en) 2011-09-08 2011-09-08 Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013036232A2 (en)

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104250226A (en) * 2013-06-27 2014-12-31 爱康药业有限公司 Method for preparing regorafenib intermediate
CN104557688A (en) * 2014-12-25 2015-04-29 凯莱英医药集团（天津）股份有限公司 Synthetic method for Sorafenib intermediate and synthetic method for compound A used for synthesizing Sorafenib intermediate
WO2015069266A1 (en) * 2013-11-07 2015-05-14 Flynn Daniel L Methods for inhibiting tie2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
US20150246033A1 (en) * 2013-11-07 2015-09-03 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for inhibiting tie-2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
WO2015134998A1 (en) 2014-03-07 2015-09-11 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human plasma kallikrein inhibitors
CN105130885A (en) * 2015-08-25 2015-12-09 江西师范大学 Aromatic diamine containing bipyridyl structure and synthesis method thereof
CN105777625A (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-07-20 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 Preparation method for 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxyl)-N-methylpyridine-2-methanamide
US10023570B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2018-07-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2018136661A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Andrews Steven W SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRAZINE COMPOUNDS AS RET KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2018136663A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Array Biopharma, Inc. Ret inhibitors
US10112942B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-10-30 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10144734B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-12-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
CN109096264A (en) * 2018-08-28 2018-12-28 山东理工职业学院 RET inhibitor and preparation method thereof, composition and purposes
WO2019075108A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Metcalf Andrew T Crystalline forms
WO2019075114A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Mark Reynolds Formulations comprising 6-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(6-(6-((6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3,6-diazab icyclo[3.1.1]heptan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
WO2019143977A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2019143994A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridinecompounds as ret kinase inhibitors
CN110156802A (en) * 2017-03-01 2019-08-23 北京赛特明强医药科技有限公司 The aromatic ring that urea replaces connects dioxanes and quinolines and the preparation method and application thereof
WO2020055672A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US10647730B2 (en) 2010-05-20 2020-05-12 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as TRK kinase inhibitors
WO2021013712A1 (en) 2019-07-19 2021-01-28 Anagenesis Biotechnologies S.A.S. Polyaromatic urea derivatives and their use in the treatment of muscle diseases
US10966966B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2021-04-06 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US10966985B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2021-04-06 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
WO2021178789A1 (en) * 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of using rebastinib in the treatment of different cancerous disorders
US11185535B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2021-11-30 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Amorphous kinase inhibitor formulations and methods of use thereof
US11266635B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-03-08 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
EP4029501A1 (en) 2021-01-19 2022-07-20 Anagenesis Biotechnologies Combination of polyaromatic urea derivatives and glucocorticoid or hdac inhibitor for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with muscle cells and/or satellite cells
US11395818B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2022-07-26 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylurea
US11479559B2 (en) 2018-02-11 2022-10-25 Beijing Scitech-Mq Pharmaceuticals Limited Urea-substituted aromatic ring-linked dioxinoquinoline compounds, preparation method and uses thereof
US11524963B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-12-13 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as RET kinase inhibitors
US11779572B1 (en) 2022-09-02 2023-10-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11986463B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-05-21 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Combination therapy for the treatment of gastrointestinal stromal tumor
US12102620B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-10-01 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Combination therapy for the treatment of mastocytosis

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080261961A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of myleoprolific diseases and other proliferative diseases
US20110136760A1 (en) * 2006-10-11 2011-06-09 Flynn Daniel L Kinase Inhibitors Useful for the Treatment of Myleoproliferative Diseases and other Proliferative Diseases

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110136760A1 (en) * 2006-10-11 2011-06-09 Flynn Daniel L Kinase Inhibitors Useful for the Treatment of Myleoproliferative Diseases and other Proliferative Diseases
US20080261961A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of myleoprolific diseases and other proliferative diseases

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DOAN ET AL.: 'Review of eight pharmacoeconomic studies of the value of biologic DP,AARDs (adalimumab, etanercept, and infliximab) in the management of rheumatoid arthritis.' J. MANAG. CARE PHARM. vol. 12, no. 7, September 2006, pages 555 - 569 *

Cited By (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10647730B2 (en) 2010-05-20 2020-05-12 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as TRK kinase inhibitors
CN104250226B (en) * 2013-06-27 2019-04-26 常州方楠医药技术有限公司 A method of preparing Rui Gefeini intermediate
CN104250226A (en) * 2013-06-27 2014-12-31 爱康药业有限公司 Method for preparing regorafenib intermediate
CN108464981A (en) * 2013-11-07 2018-08-31 德西费拉制药有限责任公司 Inhibit purposes of the composition of TIE2 kinases in the drug for preparing treating cancer
US20150246033A1 (en) * 2013-11-07 2015-09-03 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for inhibiting tie-2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
CN108464981B (en) * 2013-11-07 2022-06-24 德西费拉制药有限责任公司 Use of composition for inhibiting TIE2 kinase in preparing medicine for treating cancer
WO2015069266A1 (en) * 2013-11-07 2015-05-14 Flynn Daniel L Methods for inhibiting tie2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
CN105873440A (en) * 2013-11-07 2016-08-17 德西费拉制药有限责任公司 Methods for inhibiting tie2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
US9457019B2 (en) * 2013-11-07 2016-10-04 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for inhibiting tie-2 kinase useful in the treatment of cancer
WO2015134998A1 (en) 2014-03-07 2015-09-11 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human plasma kallikrein inhibitors
EP4180424A1 (en) 2014-03-07 2023-05-17 BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyrazoles as human plasma kallikrein inhibitors
CN105777625A (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-07-20 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 Preparation method for 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxyl)-N-methylpyridine-2-methanamide
CN105777625B (en) * 2014-12-24 2020-05-22 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 Method for preparing 4- (4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy) -N-methylpyridine-2-formamide
CN104557688A (en) * 2014-12-25 2015-04-29 凯莱英医药集团（天津）股份有限公司 Synthetic method for Sorafenib intermediate and synthetic method for compound A used for synthesizing Sorafenib intermediate
US10023570B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2018-07-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10174027B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10138243B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2018-11-27 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10174028B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
CN105130885A (en) * 2015-08-25 2015-12-09 江西师范大学 Aromatic diamine containing bipyridyl structure and synthesis method thereof
US10881652B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2021-01-05 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10172845B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10172851B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10144734B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-12-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10137124B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-11-27 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10112942B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-10-30 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US11648243B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2023-05-16 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US11998545B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2024-06-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10953005B1 (en) 2016-10-10 2021-03-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10441581B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-10-15 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10555944B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2020-02-11 Eli Lilly And Company Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2018136663A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Array Biopharma, Inc. Ret inhibitors
US11168090B2 (en) 2017-01-18 2021-11-09 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2018136661A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Andrews Steven W SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRAZINE COMPOUNDS AS RET KINASE INHIBITORS
CN110156802A (en) * 2017-03-01 2019-08-23 北京赛特明强医药科技有限公司 The aromatic ring that urea replaces connects dioxanes and quinolines and the preparation method and application thereof
US10966985B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2021-04-06 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
WO2019075114A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Mark Reynolds Formulations comprising 6-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(6-(6-((6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3,6-diazab icyclo[3.1.1]heptan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
WO2019075108A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Metcalf Andrew T Crystalline forms
US11524963B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-12-13 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2019143977A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11603374B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2023-03-14 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2019143994A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridinecompounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11472802B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-10-18 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US11986463B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-05-21 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Combination therapy for the treatment of gastrointestinal stromal tumor
US12102620B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-10-01 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Combination therapy for the treatment of mastocytosis
US11479559B2 (en) 2018-02-11 2022-10-25 Beijing Scitech-Mq Pharmaceuticals Limited Urea-substituted aromatic ring-linked dioxinoquinoline compounds, preparation method and uses thereof
CN109096264A (en) * 2018-08-28 2018-12-28 山东理工职业学院 RET inhibitor and preparation method thereof, composition and purposes
WO2020055672A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11964988B2 (en) 2018-09-10 2024-04-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2021013712A1 (en) 2019-07-19 2021-01-28 Anagenesis Biotechnologies S.A.S. Polyaromatic urea derivatives and their use in the treatment of muscle diseases
US11266635B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-03-08 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US12059410B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-08-13 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US12023325B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-07-02 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11534432B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-12-27 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11576904B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2023-02-14 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US12023326B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-07-02 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11426390B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-08-30 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US12023327B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-07-02 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11433056B1 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-09-06 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US10966966B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2021-04-06 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11969414B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-04-30 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11344536B1 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-05-31 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US12059411B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2024-08-13 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11813251B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2023-11-14 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11529336B2 (en) 2019-08-12 2022-12-20 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors
US11395818B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2022-07-26 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylurea
US11969415B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-04-30 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc (methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11896585B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-02-13 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylurea
US11903933B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-02-20 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11911370B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-02-27 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11918564B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-03-05 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11793795B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-10-24 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylurea
US11801237B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-10-31 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Amorphous kinase inhibitor formulations and methods of use thereof
US12064422B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-08-20 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11185535B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2021-11-30 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Amorphous kinase inhibitor formulations and methods of use thereof
US11850240B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-12-26 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11612591B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-03-28 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylurea
US11576903B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-02-14 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Amorphous kinase inhibitor formulations and methods of use thereof
US12023328B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2024-07-02 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11844788B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-12-19 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
US11850241B1 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-12-26 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compositions of 1-(4-bromo-5-(1-ethyl-7-(methylamino)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-3-yl)-2-fluoropheyl)-3-phenylurea
WO2021178789A1 (en) * 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of using rebastinib in the treatment of different cancerous disorders
EP4029501A1 (en) 2021-01-19 2022-07-20 Anagenesis Biotechnologies Combination of polyaromatic urea derivatives and glucocorticoid or hdac inhibitor for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with muscle cells and/or satellite cells
US11779572B1 (en) 2022-09-02 2023-10-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods of treating gastrointestinal stromal tumors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2013036232A3 (en) 2014-03-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20120225057A1 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases
WO2013036232A2 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases
EP2073811B1 (en) Kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases and other proliferative diseases
US10577367B2 (en) IRAK4 inhibiting agents
US20110189167A1 (en) Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Myeloproliferative Diseases and other Proliferative Diseases
JP7118267B2 (en) 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-one derivatives as HPK1 inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US9434743B2 (en) Indazole derivatives
US20080269267A1 (en) Kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of myleoprolific diseases and other proliferative diseases
CN111868037B (en) Fused cyclic urea derivatives as CRHR2 antagonists
TW202434599A (en) Pyridone and pyrimidinone inhibitors of hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11872041

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11872041

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2